{"title":"Food Blenders","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"1-8l-commercial-food-blender-with-adjustable-speed-for-smoothies","title":"1.8L Commercial Food Blender with Adjustable Speed for Smoothies","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Hamilton Beach HBF510S Expeditor Food Blender is an essential tool for any high-volume kitchen needing efficiency and precision. Designed for professional chefs, this blender excels at creating flawlessly smooth purees, velvety soups, and emulsified sauces with speed and ease. Its robust construction ensures reliability, making it a valuable asset for continuous use in a bustling culinary environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis food blender combines powerful performance with durability, featuring a 2.4HP motor and a thoughtfully designed 1.8Ltr BPA-free copolyester jar. Crafted to withstand the rigors of commercial kitchens, its metal drive coupling and adjustable speed settings address the challenges of varying ingredient textures. Experience unparalleled control and consistency—attributes that elevate your cooking to a whole new level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.49kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 515(H) x 190(W) x 215(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.7kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor allows for quick blending, optimizing consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlade and jar design create silky textures for purees and soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjustable speed dial provides precise control for varying recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSealed paddle switches ensure ease of use and leak resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemovable jar pad allows for simple, effective cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSure Grip feet hold the blender securely on countertops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh power output significantly speeds up blending tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBPA-free jar ensures safe food preparation without leaching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control allows experimentation with different textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable materials guarantee long-term use even in busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact design makes it easy to store without taking up much space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy cleaning facilitates quicker kitchen turnovers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePowerful motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eReduces blending time, allowing for more efficiency in dish preparation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable speed dial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMultiple blending options for versatile recipes and ingredients.\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eReliable performance under heavy use, minimizing maintenance needs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBPA-free materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eEnsures the safety and quality of your food, protecting customer health.\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLeak-resistant design\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePrevents messes, keeping your kitchen clean and organized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hamilton Beach HBF510S Expeditor Food Blender is ideal for various professional settings, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRestaurants requiring quick and consistent blending for soups and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCatering services that need efficient, high-volume ingredient processing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCafés focusing on smoothies and drinks with smooth textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHotels and resorts offering gourmet dining options with exquisite presentations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHealthcare facilities aiming for nutritious pureed diets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, positioned the blender on a stable countertop. Regularly check the seals and blades for wear, and clean the jar and base according to the manufacturer’s recommendations to maintain hygiene and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power rating of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hamilton Beach HBF510S Expeditor Food Blender has a power rating of 1.49kW, translating to a 2.4HP motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jar made from safe materials?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the jar is constructed from BPA-free copolyester, ensuring safety during food preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product includes a 2-year warranty covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the exceptional performance of the Hamilton Beach HBF510S Expeditor Food Blender. Elevate your culinary creations and streamline your kitchen tasks—order today and transform your cooking experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810522055041,"sku":"JB514","price":1307.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/1ed5c78bf6f75c3b3c83e9c737fcbd5a.png?v=1781698325"},{"product_id":"1-8l-commercial-food-blender-with-borosilicate-glass-jug","title":"1.8L Commercial Food Blender with Borosilicate Glass Jug","description":"\u003cp\u003eBlender Power 4 Black - CU206 is the essential kitchen tool for anyone passionate about healthy cooking. This innovative food blender caters to both everyday users and culinary enthusiasts, offering unparalleled performance and versatility. With its durable design and remarkable blending capability, preparing nutritious meals has never been easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with a robust 1.8L Borosilicate glass jug, the Blender Power is engineered for durability and longevity. The non-porous nature of the glass ensures it effortlessly mixes both hot and cold liquids without losing valuable nutrients during the blending process. What sets this blender apart is its unique BlenderMix technology—designed to create finer blends with every use—combined with the prestigious Quiet Mark Accreditation, making your blending experience quieter than ever.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.3kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 405(H) x 165(W) x 165(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.35kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e No Commercial Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermo-resistant Borosilicate glass jug for better performance and durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded recipe book for inspiration and nutritional guidance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApp offers a wealth of additional recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAirtight lid with graduated measuring cup for precise blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuto programs with manual control to suit your blending needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlenderMix technology optimizes blade design for perfect emulsions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermo-resistant jug keeps nutrients intact, ensuring your blends are healthy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuiet operation makes it perfect for early morning smoothies without waking the household.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile auto programs streamline the blending process for various recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecipe book and app offer continual inspiration for exciting meals and drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAirtight lid reduces mess and spills while providing precise measurements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInnovative design promotes a smoother blending experience for any ingredient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable borosilicate glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLasts longer and withstands temperature variations without compromising quality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuiet operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnjoy blending anytime without disturbing others in your home.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAirtight lid with measuring cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures accuracy and prevents spills and messes while blending.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecipe book included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProvides quick, nutritious meal ideas to simplify your cooking routine.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlenderMix technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCreates perfectly emulsified blends for delicious results every time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Blender Power is perfect for various culinary settings, making it an essential addition to any kitchen. It excels in diverse applications, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparing smoothies and shakes for a nutritious breakfast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlending soups to a velvety consistency, ideal for healthy meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaking sauces and dips, enhancing your culinary creations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixing drinks for parties or special occasions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating baby food with perfect texture and nutrition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, place the blender on a flat, stable surface before use. Clean the jug thoroughly after each use to maintain its clarity and ensure a hygienic blending environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials are used in the construction of the Blender Power 4?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender features a durable borosilicate glass jug, designed for both hot and cold liquids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the blender have a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere's no commercial warranty provided for this blender, underscoring its reliability and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I blend both hot and cold ingredients with this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the borosilicate glass jug is designed to handle both hot and cold liquids effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the benefits of health-conscious blending with the Blender Power 4 Black - CU206. This impeccable kitchen companion is designed to make your blending tasks simpler, quieter, and more efficient. Order today and elevate your meal prep to the next level!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810522481025,"sku":"CU206","price":369.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/de2a7d20847ff31a79db79de898cd60a.png?v=1781698331"},{"product_id":"1-8l-commercial-food-blender-with-borosilicate-glass-jug-1","title":"1.8L Commercial Food Blender with Borosilicate Glass Jug","description":"\u003cp\u003eBlender Power 4 Satin - CU208 is a high-performance food blender designed for culinary enthusiasts and health-conscious individuals alike. It simplifies the blending process, allowing you to effortlessly create nutritious beverages and meals, ensuring maximum nutrient retention for a healthier lifestyle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender is crafted with a durable 1.8L borosilicate glass jug, ideal for mixing both hot and cold liquids. Its innovative cold mix technology ensures that the nutritional integrity of your ingredients remains intact. With a blend of functionality and elegant satin design, the Blender Power offers a unique blending experience, setting it apart from other kitchen appliances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.3kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 405(H) x 165(W) x 165(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Borosilicate Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.35kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Satin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermo-resistant design allows for hot and cold blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAirtight lid includes a graduated measuring cup for precise ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecipe book and free App provide endless culinary inspiration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 Auto programs alongside manual speed control for versatile blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnique BlenderMix technology ensures an optimal emulsion for seamless blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable and non-porous borosilicate glass jug ensures quality and longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCold mix technology retains essential nutrients, making it perfect for health-focused users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuiet operation with the Quiet Mark Accreditation enhances user experience without disturbance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded recipe book turns blending into an enjoyable and creative culinary activity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions make it easy to store in any kitchen without sacrificing functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile blending options cater to various recipes and dietary needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe borosilicate glass jug withstands temperature changes, enhancing its longevity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNutritional Retention\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold mix technology preserves the nutritional value of your ingredients.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuiet Operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse it anytime without disturbing your family or roommates, thanks to its Quiet Mark accreditation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile Programs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiple blending programs offer tailored results for various recipes and consistencies.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlender Power 4 Satin excels in a variety of settings, from home kitchens to small cafés. Whether you're preparing smoothies, soups, or sauces, this blender is your go-to tool for culinary creativity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome cooking for families and individuals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparation of smoothies and health drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlending hot soups without compromising quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating sauces and dips for gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse in small cafés or personal juice bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance and longevity, it is advised to regularly clean the borosilicate glass jug and lid. The Blender Power 4 is ready to use straight from the box, with no complex installation required. Ensure that all components are securely fitted before operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials are used in the Blender Power 4?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender features a durable borosilicate glass jug which is both thermo-resistant and non-porous.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I blend hot liquids in this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Blender Power is designed to handle both hot and cold liquids, retaining the temperature of the contents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender has a generous capacity of 1.8 liters, making it suitable for preparing larger batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBlender Power 4 Satin - CU208 stands out for its ability to blend ingredients seamlessly while maintaining their nutritional integrity. Elevate your culinary creations with confidence and explore new recipes today. Order now and experience the magic of blending!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810522874241,"sku":"CU208","price":369.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/34dc5276f5c3700e63375695142dc20f.png?v=1781698338"},{"product_id":"1-8l-commercial-food-blender-with-bpa-free-jar-and-safety-features","title":"1.8L Commercial Food Blender with BPA-Free Jar and Safety Features","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Hamilton Beach Commercial Expeditor Food Blender HBF600R is designed for professionals who demand efficiency and reliability in the kitchen. This robust blender is perfect for creating smooth emulsions, purees, and frozen beverages, ensuring you can keep service moving without downtime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt to withstand the rigors of demanding commercial environments, the HBF600R features a 1.8Ltr BPA-free co-polyester jar that is not only durable but also designed for easy use. A unique combination of safety features, like the magnetic jar pad safety sensor, ensures that blending occurs only when the container is correctly positioned, reducing the risk of mishaps during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8Ltr | 63½oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 510(H) x 200(W) x 200(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Co-polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.45kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDurable all-metal drive coupling with a jar pad sensor to extend the coupling life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eTemperature gauge that alerts users if the motor overheats during back-to-back blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePatented Wave Action System keeps ingredients circulating through the blades for complete emulsification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLow operating noise levels, remaining below 81 dB(A) at maximum speed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eGenerously sized 1.9M cord allows for flexible placement in any kitchen layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eGenerous 1.8L capacity suitable for high-volume blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBPA-free materials ensure safety in food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSealed lid prevents any leaks, making cleanup easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEasy-lift tab on the lid enhances usability for busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty on motor drive coupling and blade for peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLaser-etched measurements simplify the preparation process, allowing for quick ingredient additions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eSealed leak-resistant lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eKeeps your workspace clean and reduces waste.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eAll-metal drive system\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eOffers enhanced durability and longevity, minimizing maintenance costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eTemperature protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEnsures consistent performance during busy shifts, preventing overheating issues.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eLow noise operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eCreates a more pleasant environment for both customers and staff.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hamilton Beach Commercial Expeditor Food Blender HBF600R excels in various settings, making it a versatile addition to any kitchen. Here are some ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRestaurants preparing sauces and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCafés blending smoothies and frozen drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCatering companies requiring large batch processing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBars creating cocktails efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eFood trucks needing compact and efficient blending solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the blender is placed on a stable surface for optimal performance. Regular maintenance includes cleaning the jar and lid after each use and checking the drive coupling for wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hamilton Beach Commercial Expeditor Food Blender HBF600R has a generous capacity of 1.8 liters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the blender noisy during operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it operates at a noise level of less than 81 dB(A) at maximum speed, making it suitable for a busy environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat safety features does the blender include?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender includes a magnetic jar pad safety sensor that prevents operation unless the jar is properly positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor a reliable blending solution that keeps up with your kitchen’s demands, the Hamilton Beach Commercial Expeditor Food Blender HBF600R is an excellent choice. Order today and experience seamless and efficient blending.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810523070849,"sku":"JB515","price":1843.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/e321a4f2958abe09e1bfd0798433ce68.png?v=1781698344"},{"product_id":"2-5l-commercial-bar-blender-with-adjustable-speed-and-pulse-function","title":"2.5L Commercial Bar Blender with Adjustable Speed and Pulse Function","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Bar Blender 2.5Ltr - CR836 is the perfect solution for bars, cafes, and restaurants looking to serve exceptional drinks with precision. Designed for those who demand versatility and efficiency, this high-performance blender easily adapts to create everything from smoothies to cocktails, ensuring your beverage offerings are as varied as your clientele's tastes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with a robust stainless steel and plastic construction, this blender is designed to withstand the rigors of a busy kitchen. Its BPA-free jug ensures safety and reliability while blending both hot and cold ingredients. With advanced features such as adjustable motor speeds and a pulse function, the Buffalo Bar Blender stands out in its ability to provide a superior blending experience without compromising on quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5Ltr | 88oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 535(H) x 253(W) x 236(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 6kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVersatile blending for smoothies, cocktails, and milkshakes, maximizing recipe creativity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRemovable clear cap allows for easy addition of ingredients during the blending process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eOptional soundproofing enclosure significantly diminishes operational noise for a pleasant environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAccommodates hot and cold ingredients up to 85°C seamlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVariable motor speeds facilitate precise blending for different drink thicknesses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eThe pulse function offers enhanced control for mixing ingredients accurately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDurable metal clutch ensures longevity and robust performance over plastic alternatives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAdjustable speed settings provide flexibility in blending according to ingredient consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly design enables mid-blend adjustments without disruption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity allows for batch blending, ideal for busy service periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDesigned for both hot and cold beverages, expanding menu offerings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEco-friendly BPA-free materials promote health-conscious choices for patrons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eNoise reduction features maintain a pleasant atmosphere in customer-facing settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eHigh blending capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEfficient preparation of multiple servings at once, saving time during busy hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eVariable speed control\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eAbility to adjust blending intensity to perfectly suit varying drink textures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eLong-lasting performance that withstands daily use, reducing maintenance costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEasy ingredient addition\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eStreamlined blending process enhances productivity, improving service efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003ePortable design\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eCan be easily moved or stored, offering flexible use throughout your establishment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Bar Blender excels in various settings, making it a versatile choice for professionals in the food and beverage industry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBars creating signature cocktails and blended beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCafes serving fresh smoothies and health drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRestaurants offering sauces, soups, and purees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eJuice bars focused on nutritious blends and health drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHospitality venues needing multi-purpose kitchen equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the blender is placed on a stable, flat surface. Regular cleaning is recommended to maintain hygiene and prevent the buildup of residues. Follow the manufacturer’s guidelines for maintenance to extend the blender's lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the motor speed range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor can easily be adjusted from 10,000 to 28,000rpm based on the drink’s thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I blend hot ingredients?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Buffalo Bar Blender can blend both hot and cold ingredients up to 85°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jug safe for food use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe jug is made from BPA-free materials, ensuring it's safe for food contact and health-conscious choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience enhanced blending capabilities and create exceptional drinks seamlessly with the Buffalo Bar Blender 2.5Ltr - CR836. Order today to elevate your beverage offerings and meet your customers' demands with ease!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810876244353,"sku":"CR836","price":436.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/aac85cf23d581ad29e4a3363ed27b91b.png?v=1781704976"},{"product_id":"2l-commercial-bar-blender-with-variable-speed-14-000-24-000rpm","title":"2L Commercial Bar Blender with Variable Speed 14,000-24,000rpm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Bar Blender - HT237 is an indispensable tool for both professional bartenders and home enthusiasts looking to elevate their drink-making experience. Designed with precision in mind, this blender brings versatility and efficiency, enabling you to create perfect smoothies, refreshing cocktails, and more in moments. Its powerful performance and user-friendly design makes it an ideal choice for any kitchen or bar setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality stainless steel and durable plastic, the HOST Bar Blender is built to withstand the demands of daily use. Its sleek black finish adds a modern touch, while its advanced features such as motor overheat protection ensure safe operation. This blender effectively addresses challenging tasks like crushing ice, making it a standout option for those who love mixing cocktails or frozen beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.1kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariable Speed\u003c\/strong\u003e 14,000-24,000rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2Ltr | 70½oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 535(H) x 200(W) x 220(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts Only\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.9kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSpecially designed for crushing ice, making it perfect for cocktails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePulse function allows for precise manual blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAnti-slip feet ensure safe and stable operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean design simplifies maintenance and upkeep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVersatile speed settings enhance control over blending consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePowerful 1.1kW motor for high-performance blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control provides flexibility for different recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity accommodates a variety of blending needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction ensures longevity and durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePulse function provides users with precise manual control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes it easy to handle and store.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eMotor overheat protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEnhances safety and extends the lifespan of your blender.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eVariable speed options\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eGives you control for precise blending suitable for different tasks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEasy-clean design\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eSimplifies maintenance, saving you time on cleanup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eHigh ice-crushing capability\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003ePerfect for cocktails, smoothies, and frozen drinks, ensuring perfect texture.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Bar Blender excels in various settings, making it a versatile addition to any culinary environment. Whether at a busy bar, a restaurant, or home, it shines in multiple applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMixing cocktails and frozen beverages in bars and restaurants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePreparing smoothies and protein shakes for health-conscious consumers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCreating sauces, dressings, and other liquid accompaniments in kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCrushing ice for special events, parties, and gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUsed in cafes for blending coffee drinks and frappes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, place the HOST Bar Blender on a flat and stable surface. Regularly clean the blender after use, following the easy-clean design to maintain hygiene and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the HOST Bar Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Bar Blender has a generous capacity of 2 liters, accommodating a range of blending needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the blender crush ice?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the HOST Bar Blender is specially designed for crushing ice, making it ideal for cocktails and frozen drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty available for the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the blender comes with a 1-Year Parts Only Warranty for added peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the convenience and performance of the HOST Bar Blender - HT237 in your home or professional kitchen. Order today and take the first step towards effortless blending.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810894823809,"sku":"HT237","price":168.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/05a1b3e4ad302ce139dc0d8cf02dbe9f.png?v=1781705258"},{"product_id":"2l-commercial-food-blender-with-borosilicate-glass-jug","title":"2L Commercial Food Blender with Borosilicate Glass Jug","description":"\u003cp\u003eBlender Power 5XL Satin - CU209 is designed for culinary enthusiasts who seek to elevate their blending experience. Whether you're a professional chef or a home cook, this powerful food blender streamlines the process of creating smoothies, soups, and sauces while preserving essential nutrients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with a durable 2-litre borosilicate glass jug, this blender not only withstands the rigors of both hot and cold liquids but also utilizes advanced cold mix technology to ensure that your ingredients maintain their temperature. This means no nutrients are lost during the blending process. The Blender Power boasts an innovative BlenderMix technology for a finer blend, along with the honor of being recognized with the Quiet Mark Accreditation, making it a standout choice for any kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 445(H) x 184(W) x 184(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Borosilicate Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Satin Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e No Commercial Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAirtight lid with graduated measuring cup for precise measurements\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRecipe book included with nutritional information to inspire new creations\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCompatible with the free App for access to additional recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eFour auto programs and manual speed control for tailored blending\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eOptimised blade design for achieving the perfect emulsion in your mixes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eThe thermo-resistant borosilicate glass jug allows for blending both hot and cold ingredients seamlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eInclude precise measurements with the integrated graduated measuring cup to enhance your cooking accuracy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAccess an inspiring collection of recipes through the App to keep your meal preparations diverse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eThe Quiet Mark Accredited design ensures a peaceful kitchen environment during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eThe unique BlenderMix technology delivers a consistently smooth blend, enhancing the texture of your mixtures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eFour auto programs make this blender user-friendly, catering to all skill levels while providing flexibility for customized blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eThermo-resistant glass jug\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eMix hot and cold liquids without worry, keeping all nutrients intact.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eQuiet operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eCreate delicious meals without the noise, making your kitchen a pleasant space.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eRecipe book included\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eGet inspired and try new dishes that fit your nutritional needs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eBlenderMix technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eAchieve a finer blend for smooth sauces and soups, enhancing meal quality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlender Power 5XL is perfect for a variety of settings and applications. Whether you're making a quick smoothie for breakfast or preparing a gourmet soup, this blender excels in numerous environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for daily meal prep and smoothies\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eProfessional kitchens for consistent performance and efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCafes and juice bars for creating fresh beverages\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHealth-focused meal preparations for maintaining nutritional value\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimum performance, the blender requires a standard electric outlet for operation. The glass jug is dishwasher-safe for easy cleaning, while the base can be wiped down to maintain its sleek appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Blender Power 5XL handle hot liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the thermo-resistant borosilicate glass jug is designed to blend both hot and cold liquids safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes included with the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender comes with a recipe book, a measuring cap, and a spatula to help you make the most of your blending experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this blender noisy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the Blender Power 5XL is recognized with the Quiet Mark Accreditation for its powerful yet quiet operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the joy of blending with the Blender Power 5XL Satin. Don’t miss the opportunity to enhance your culinary skills and preserve the nutrition of your ingredients. Order today and take the first step towards healthier, delicious meals!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810895217025,"sku":"CU209","price":604.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/9d0a76f15f9c4918340fa8c010a4a17e.png?v=1781705263"},{"product_id":"2ltr-commercial-food-blender-with-variable-speed-control","title":"2Ltr Commercial Food Blender with Variable Speed Control","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Dualit VortecS Blender 83810 - GF334 is the perfect addition for anyone seeking to elevate their culinary experience. This exceptional food blender is designed for users who demand efficiency and precision in their blending tasks, whether for daily smoothies, soups, or purees. The most significant benefit it offers is its powerful motor and advanced blade technology, ensuring that all ingredients blend seamlessly into your desired consistency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered in the UK, the Dualit VortecS Blender showcases a sturdy build with high-quality materials like polished stainless steel, setting it apart from other blenders on the market. The innovative design solves the common problem of uneven blending, thanks to its unique blend of horned, serrated, and dipped blades. This functionality provides a smooth blend every time, making it an invaluable tool in any kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kW Variable speed 2Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2Ltr | 70½oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 42.8(H) x 25.2(W) x 22.2(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 4.69 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Polished Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e No Commercial Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kW, 13A\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eFour speed settings allow for custom blending control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAuto pulse feature detects food consistency for optimal blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRemovable blades for thorough and effortless cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eNon-slip feet provide stability on various surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVortecS technology actively pulls food down into the blades for a finer blend.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSafety interlock system ensures the unit doesn't operate unless properly set up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDishwasher-safe Tritan jar for easy maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePowerful 1kW motor enhances blending speed and efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVariable speed settings for maximum versatility across different recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEngineered blades create uniform textures, from smoothies to sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel construction ensures longevity and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLarge 2L capacity is ideal for preparing meals for families or gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly design makes it simple for anyone to use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003ePowerful motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eFaster blending, saving you time in food preparation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eVortecS technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eAchieves smoother blends without clumping.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEasy cleaning features\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eLess time spent on maintenance means more time enjoying your creations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eSafety interlock system\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003ePeace of mind, knowing it’s safe to use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dualit VortecS Blender excels in various environments, making it a versatile tool for your kitchen. Whether you're a home cook or a professional chef, this blender can elevate your food prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePerfect for crafting smoothies, soups, and sauces in homes and cafes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eIdeal for puree-ing fruits and vegetables for baby food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eExcellent for large batch preparations in catering settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eGreat for restaurant kitchens requiring consistent blending performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dualit VortecS Blender is straightforward to set up with its user-friendly design. Ensure the jar is securely fastened to the base before use, and remember to remove the blades for easy cleaning after blending sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of food can I blend with the Dualit VortecS Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender can handle a variety of foods, including smoothies, soups, sauces, and purees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jar dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 2L Tritan jar is dishwasher safe for easy maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no commercial warranty for this product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficiency and precision of the Dualit VortecS Blender 83810 - GF334 in your kitchen. With its powerful motor and innovative design, it guarantees smooth blending results every time. Order today and take your culinary creations to the next level!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810895511937,"sku":"GF334","price":299.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/1b8df3203568a309ef191f12ecabb0d8.png?v=1781705265"},{"product_id":"4-litre-commercial-kitchen-blender-with-variable-speeds","title":"4 Litre Commercial Kitchen Blender with Variable Speeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eKitchen Blender - FA543 is a powerful food blender designed for culinary enthusiasts and professionals alike. With a robust 4-litre jug, this versatile appliance allows you to blend a wide array of ingredients efficiently, making it an essential tool in any kitchen. Whether you're whipping up smoothies, soups, or sauces, the Kitchen Blender brings precision and ease to your cooking experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with high-quality materials, including a durable Xylex jug and an aluminium alloy base, this blender not only promises longevity but also stability during use. Its motor, strategically positioned behind the jug, ensures an optimal working height and enhances balance. The Kitchen Blender effectively addresses the challenge of uneven blending, providing a seamless solution for all your mixing needs while prioritizing safety with a patented hinged lid holder that includes a safety switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 445(H) x 270(W) x 365(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.3kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed\u003c\/strong\u003e 700-15,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVariable speed controls for tailored blending results\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean design for quick maintenance between uses\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLightweight construction for effortless movement and storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePulse function for precise blending control when needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eKnife unit crafted from stainless steel for durability and performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHigh-capacity jug allows you to blend large batches in one go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVariable speeds enhance versatility for various recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSafety features prevent accidents and ensure peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes it portable and easy to handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRobust materials promise durability, ensuring long-term satisfaction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eQuick cleaning process saves time, keeping you focused on cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eVariable speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003ePerfect consistency for a variety of recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eSafety switch\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003ePrevents accidents, allowing you to blend with confidence.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eLightweight design\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEasily transportable and convenient for storage.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKitchen Blender excels in various settings, making it a versatile addition to your culinary toolkit. Here are some ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens for meal prep efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCafés blending fresh smoothies and juices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRestaurants crafting soups and purees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for quick and easy cooking solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHealth-focused establishments preparing nutritious drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSetting up the Kitchen Blender is a breeze. Simply place it on a stable surface, plug it into a compatible power source and it's ready for use. Regular cleaning of the jug and blade assembly after each use will ensure optimal performance and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the Kitchen Blender SB-4?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender has a capacity of 4 litres, allowing for large batching.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of materials are used in its construction?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender features an aluminium base and a xylex jug for durability and effectiveness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the blender handle high temperatures?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile designed for durable use, avoid blending extremely hot liquids to maintain optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEquip your kitchen with the Kitchen Blender SB-4 - FA543 and experience the ease of blending like never before. Order today and elevate your culinary skills!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810915369345,"sku":"FA543","price":3223.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/f59a97e24a4bcd24bbf80fff7a017300.png?v=1781705506"},{"product_id":"4ltr-commercial-stick-blender-with-detachable-shaft","title":"4Ltr Commercial Stick Blender with Detachable Shaft","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Dynamic Dynamix Stick Blender MX050 - CF001 is an essential kitchen tool designed for food enthusiasts and professional chefs alike. This versatile food blender excels in delivering powerful blending capabilities, making it a go-to choice for creating smooth soups, sauces, and batters in no time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials, including a titanium-coated stainless steel blade and a rubber grip, this stick blender is built to last. Its lightweight design ensures comfortable handling, allowing you to blend for extended periods without discomfort. Whether you're prepping meals or experimenting with new recipes, the Dynamic Dynamix Stick Blender streamlines the blending process, saving you time and effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 220W\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft length\u003c\/strong\u003e 160mm (detachable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 4Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4 kg (packed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel Blade and Shaft, Rubber Grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 to 13,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDetachable shaft makes cleanup quick and easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUltra-strong blade ensures consistent results with thick ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control allows precise blending for various textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDesigned for easy portability without sacrificing performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLightweight construction prevents hand strain during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCompact design for easy storage and transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHigh-performance motor tackles even the toughest ingredients effortlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRobust construction minimizes wear and increases longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMulti-speed capability enhances versatility for different blending needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEasy to grip handle for secure control during blending tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVersatile use across various food preparation tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003ePowerful 220W motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly blend tough ingredients for smoothies and soups.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eDetachable shaft\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eSimplifies cleaning, allowing for quick transitions between recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eCompact and lightweight\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEasy to store and handle, reducing fatigue during use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eVariable speed settings\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eTailor your blending process for desired textures with ease.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dynamic Dynamix Stick Blender is suitable for a wide range of applications, making it a versatile addition to any kitchen. Whether you're in a home or a professional setting, its various functions allow for numerous uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePreparation of soups and purees in restaurants or home kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMixing batters and doughs for baking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCreating smoothies and shakes for health-conscious consumers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEmulsifying sauces and dressings quickly and efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBlending baby food for parents seeking fresh options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, it is recommended to regularly clean the detachable shaft and blade. This not only maintains hygiene but also preserves the blender's longevity. The unit is compatible with standard kitchen practices, making it easy to integrate into your cooking routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum capacity of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dynamic Dynamix Stick Blender has a capacity of 4 liters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the shaft easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the detachable shaft of the blender simplifies cleaning significantly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of foods can I blend?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis stick blender is capable of blending a variety of foods, from thick soups to smoothies and sauces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your kitchen tools with the Dynamic Dynamix Stick Blender MX050 - CF001. Its powerful design and ergonomic comfort make it the ideal choice for any chef looking to streamline their food preparation. Order today and experience the difference in your cooking routine.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810923790721,"sku":"CF001","price":314.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/f1e5f5d9dc6302bee36bc7f14cd58106.png?v=1781705597"},{"product_id":"56-ltr-commercial-heavy-duty-food-blender-with-360mm-shaft","title":"56 Ltr Commercial Heavy Duty Food Blender with 360mm Shaft","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Waring Heavy Duty Big Stix Blender WSB55CK is a robust blending solution, designed for professionals in bustling kitchen environments. This powerful tool is ideal for chefs and caterers who require a versatile and efficient appliance to handle large quantities with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a sturdy stainless steel blade and shaft, the blender embodies durability and functionality. Weighing approximately 4kg, it is substantial enough to withstand rigorous use while still remaining portable. If you find its weight challenging during extended mixing, optional brackets (sold separately) can secure the blender in place, allowing for hands-free operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 650W\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft Length\u003c\/strong\u003e 360mm (14.1\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 56 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel Blade and Shaft \/ Rubber Grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.65kW, 2.8A\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.95kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVariable speed switch allows blending with precision, ranging from 5,000 to 18,000rpm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor effectively blends through various food textures quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSturdy hand grip provides safety and control during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eQuick-swap shaft for easy changes in blending functions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty design ensures long-lasting performance in commercial environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eWide speed range allows versatility for different blending tasks, from soups to smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity handles significant volumes, perfect for large batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean materials reduce downtime in a busy kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLightweight yet robust construction promotes easy handling and transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRubber grip enhances comfort and minimizes fatigue during extended use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003ePowerful 650W motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly blends tough ingredients for smooth results.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eVariable speed control\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eCustomizes blending to suit any recipe.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eDurable stainless steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eResists rust and wear, ensuring a long service life.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003ePerfect for catering and large food service operations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Waring Heavy Duty Big Stix Blender excels across various settings. Its robust features make it suitable for both professional kitchens and home cooking enthusiasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRestaurants preparing large quantities of sauces or soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCaterers needing to quickly blend ingredients for events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMarine settings where versatile blending options are necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eFood processing plants requiring reliable equipment for consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBakery environments mixing dough or batters effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the blender is securely mounted if using optional brackets. Regularly check for cleanliness and function, especially after blending thick mixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for the Waring Heavy Duty Big Stix Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender comes with a one-year warranty, providing peace of mind for your investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the shaft length be adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the shaft length is fixed at 360mm, designed for optimal blending performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this blender suitable for commercial use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Waring Heavy Duty Big Stix Blender is designed specifically for heavy-duty, commercial applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficiency and reliability of the Waring Heavy Duty Big Stix Blender WSB55CK. Order today and transform your blending tasks with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810945450369,"sku":"CR526","price":868.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/2637382014ce54389fb34c2109c49897.png?v=1781705682"},{"product_id":"600w-commercial-stick-blender-with-410mm-shaft-length","title":"600W Commercial Stick Blender with 410mm Shaft Length","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Dynamic Master Single Speed Stick Blender MX91 is designed for those who demand efficiency and precision in their kitchen tasks. Ideal for professionals in care homes, nurseries, hospitals, and restaurants, this powerful food blender guarantees perfectly smooth textures every time. With its user-friendly design and robust performance, it's a practical solution for blending, pureeing, or emulsifying a variety of ingredients with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with quality in mind, the MX91 features a direct drive 600W motor and ultra-durable titanium-coated blades, making it capable of powering through even the toughest ingredients. The fully enclosed motor and shaft assembly not only enhances stability but also ensures longevity, making this stick blender a reliable tool for daily use in high-demand environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 600W\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft Length\u003c\/strong\u003e 410mm (16.1\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 8Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.8 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSafety switch offers extra protection and peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSingle high speed of 9,500rpm produces consistent blends and textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUltra-strong titanium-coated blade is tough enough for everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e410mm shaft length capable of blending up to 100 litres at a time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHigh-efficiency 600W motor streamlines mixing tasks, saving valuable time in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eFully enclosed design protects critical components, enhancing durability for long-term use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eTitanium-coated blades maintain sharpness even under heavy use, reducing maintenance needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLightweight design ensures ease of handling for extended periods, improving user comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHigh speed offers versatility for various blending needs, from smoothies to soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRobust construction withstands rigorous use in professional settings without compromising performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003ePowerful 600W motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly blends even tough ingredients, saving time and effort.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eTitanium-coated blades\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eDurability ensures long-lasting sharpness, reducing replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eFully enclosed motor assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eIncreased stability and longevity makes your investment reliable.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis stick blender shines across various applications, providing unparalleled versatility in the culinary world. Its design and features make it perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eProfessional kitchens, where efficiency is paramount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHospitals and care homes, for preparing nutritious purees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRestaurants, creating consistent textures in sauces and soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCatering events, capable of handling large volumes with ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eFood production facilities, where speed and performance are critical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor best performance, ensure the stick blender is securely connected to a compatible power outlet and regularly check for any residue. Cleaning should be conducted promptly after use to prevent food buildup and maintain hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum blending capacity of the MX91?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MX91 can blend up to 100 litres at a time, making it suitable for large batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the MX91 easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the stick blender is designed for easy cleaning; simply wash the blade and shaft after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of warranty does the MX91 offer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender comes with a 1-year warranty, providing peace of mind for your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficiency of the Dynamic Master Single Speed Stick Blender MX91 in your kitchen today. Order now and elevate your blending tasks with a tool designed for professionals.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811006136705,"sku":"K472","price":921.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/d54eb79d9a9e0f911e2acf999b65d00e.png?v=1781705805"},{"product_id":"700w-commercial-hand-blender-with-1ltr-capacity-and-attachments","title":"700W Commercial Hand Blender with 1Ltr Capacity and Attachments","description":"\u003cp\u003eHand Blender 700W is a versatile kitchen companion designed for both novice cooks and experienced chefs. This robust food blender efficiently tackles an array of blending tasks, making meal preparation quicker and easier than ever. With its high power and ergonomic design, it ensures smooth and consistent results, whether you're whipping up a smoothie, soup, or sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable stainless steel, the Hand Blender boasts a quality build that stands the test of time. Its thoughtful design includes multiple attachments and a generous 1-liter BPA-free jug, solving the common problem of inadequate blending capacity in smaller blenders. What sets this model apart is its turbo function that delivers extra power when needed, making it an essential tool for anyone serious about creating delicious meals.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 700W\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.9 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 31(H) x 33(W) x 13.5(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier Model Number\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTurbo function for a quick burst of extra power when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eErgonomic grip and lightweight design for comfortable operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStrong balloon whisk attachment enhances versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAnti-scratch foot protects your pots and pans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean components are dishwasher safe for your convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eComes with recipes included to inspire your culinary creations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh power output - ensures ingredients are blended quickly and thoroughly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMultiple attachments - versatile for various culinary tasks, from mixing to whisking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBPA-free jug - safety-conscious design for health-conscious consumers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDishwasher safe components - hassle-free cleaning saves time and effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLightweight construction - easy to handle and minimizes fatigue during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAnti-scratch design - preserves the integrity of your cookware, prolonging its life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e700W power\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eQuickly blend ingredients with minimal effort.\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eErgonomic design\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eComfortable handling reduces strain during use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe attachments\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eEasy clean-up so you can spend more time enjoying your meals.\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBPA-free materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSafe for you and your family, maintaining health standards.\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Hand Blender is perfect for a variety of culinary settings, whether you're at home or in a professional kitchen. Here are some of the situations where it truly excels:\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixing smoothies for a quick breakfast on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePreparing soups directly in the pot for easy cleanup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhipping cream or eggs for baking needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreating sauces and dressings with ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlending baby food for the health-conscious parent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, simply attach the appropriate blending accessory as per your requirement. After use, detach the attachments and place them in the dishwasher for effortless cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power of the Hand Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Hand Blender has a power output of 700W, allowing for efficient blending.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the attachments dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, all attachments are BPA free and dishwasher safe for easy cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the blending jug?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe blending jug has a capacity of 1 liter, ideal for various blending tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your kitchen experience with the Hand Blender 700W. Its powerful performance and practical design make blending a breeze. Shop now and transform your cooking routine into something more enjoyable!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811010068865,"sku":"DP929","price":203.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/a04842a3d4d4e7dbe0da79aa1da6905c.png?v=1781705858"},{"product_id":"750w-commercial-stick-blender-for-200-litres-capacity","title":"750W Commercial Stick Blender for 200 Litres Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Robot Coupe Stick Blender MP550 Ultra - GL511 is an essential tool for any commercial kitchen, specifically designed for chefs and culinary enthusiasts who require powerful blending capabilities. The biggest advantage of this hand-held blender is its ability to blend large quantities of ingredients, allowing for an efficient and consistent preparation process in high-demand environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durability in mind, the Robot Coupe MP550 Ultra features a robust 750W motor and a long 550mm shaft. This ensures you can tackle up to 200 litres of mixing with ease, making it the perfect solution for large-scale food preparation. Its design prioritizes user-friendliness, offering an easy-clean mechanism that maintains hygiene standards while reducing downtime for maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 750W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft Length\u003c\/strong\u003e 550mm (21.6\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 200L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 925(H)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.6kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle speed operation at 9000 RPM for rapid blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-grip ergonomic handle reduces fatigue during extended use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable stainless steel blade and bell simplifies cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall support provided for convenient storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOver moulded blades ensure optimum cutting quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-power motor enhances blending efficiency and operational longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-plug system minimizes servicing time, maximizing productivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to mix heavy ingredients, ideal for commercial uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower cord winding system facilitates neat storage and prevents wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHygienic design compliant with food safety standards, ensuring high cleanliness levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Robot Coupe training offered, enabling users to maximize the blender's capabilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowerful motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly blends large batches, saving time and energy.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintains hygiene and reduces downtime between uses.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConvenient storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeeps your workspace organized and equipment readily accessible.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for large volumes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerfect for restaurants and catering services where capacity is critical.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Robot Coupe Stick Blender MP550 Ultra excels in diverse culinary environments, making it an indispensable asset in several settings. Whether you operate a small eatery or a large catering service, this blender can handle it all.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants for pureeing sauces and soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering businesses preparing large quantities of dips and purees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood processing facilities for blending various ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstitutional kitchens in schools and hospitals for meal preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCulinary schools for teaching advanced blending techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain optimal performance, ensure the blender is securely mounted on the wall support provided. Regularly check the blade and bell for wear, and clean them promptly after use to keep hygiene standards high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much can the Robot Coupe Stick Blender MP550 Ultra blend at once?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can blend up to 200 litres of ingredients at a time, making it ideal for high-volume food preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the blender easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the entire foot and blade system can be removed for easy cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Robot Coupe Stick Blender MP550 Ultra comes with a 1-year warranty for parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficiency and convenience of the Robot Coupe Stick Blender MP550 Ultra - GL511. Elevate your culinary creations and streamline your kitchen processes. Order today to transform your food preparation experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811012166017,"sku":"GL511","price":1631.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/8149db58b2c07ad4237d736e71e4b3ab.png?v=1781705890"},{"product_id":"800w-commercial-hand-blender-with-chopper-jug-and-whisk","title":"800W Commercial Hand Blender with Chopper, Jug and Whisk","description":"\u003cp\u003eHand Blender - FB973 is the essential tool for modern kitchens, crafted for those who appreciate speed and versatility in their food preparation. Whether you're a busy parent whipping up meals for the family or a culinary enthusiast experimenting with new recipes, this hand blender streamlines the cooking process, making it easier and faster to create delicious dips, sauces, soups, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a stylish black and silver design, the Hand Blender not only performs exceptionally well, but it also enhances the aesthetics of your kitchen. Built with an 800W powerful motor, this blender is engineered to handle various tasks, from blending to chopping. Its unique versatility eliminates the need for multiple appliances, providing a practical solution for kitchen efficiency without sacrificing counter space.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 800W\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 416.2(H) x 55.5(W) x 55.5(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.33kg\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e1 x Chopper – for thorough food processing\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e1 x Whisk – perfect for whipping cream and eggs\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e1 x Jug – ideal for blending and serving\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e2 speeds with stepless variable control, ensuring precision for every recipe.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic handle design for comfort during extended use.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e3in1 adapter allows for seamless switching between main blender, chopper, whisk, and jug.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eStylish design that uplifts your kitchen aesthetics.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003ePowerful motor ensures effective blending and chopping.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eStepless variable control grants precision, giving you control over texture and consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e3-in-1 functionality saves space and enhances efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic handle design minimizes strain during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDurable construction ensures the blender withstands regular use.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile functionality\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eReplace multiple appliances and save space on your countertop.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003ePowerful motor\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEffortless blending, even for thicker mixtures.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eStepless variable control\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eAchieve the desired consistency for any recipe, from chunky dips to smooth soups.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eQuick maintenance allows for more time enjoying your creations.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eHand Blender excels in various settings, making it a versatile addition to any kitchen. Here are some of its ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for daily meal prep and quick snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eSmall cafes or bistros looking to prepare sauces and dips efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCatering events where rapid food preparation is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCooking classes for hands-on demonstrations of blending techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHealth-conscious households making smoothies and purees.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eSimply plug the Hand Blender into any standard outlet and it’s ready to go. For maintenance, clean the attachments immediately after use to ensure longevity and performance. The detachable components are also dishwasher safe for convenient cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power of the Hand Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Hand Blender features a powerful 800W motor that makes blending and chopping quick and efficient.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat accessories come with the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe blender comes with a chopper, jug, and whisk, allowing you to tackle a variety of food preparation tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty for the Hand Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Hand Blender includes a 2-year warranty, ensuring peace of mind with your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the convenience and power of the Hand Blender - FB973 and elevate your cooking experience today. Order now to enjoy effortless blending, chopping, and whisking!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811014263169,"sku":"FB973","price":119.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/9bf106fa2a1ea38d4ac13d0136fc7336.png?v=1781705914"},{"product_id":"commercial-1-6kw-food-blender-with-triaction-technology","title":"Commercial 1.6kW Food Blender with TriAction Technology","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Braun PowerBlend 9 Jug Blender JB 9040 Black is an exceptional blending solution tailored for culinary enthusiasts and health-conscious individuals. With its robust functionality and sleek design, this food blender elevates your kitchen experience while delivering consistent, high-quality results that cater to a variety of blending needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a BPA-free Tritan jug, the PowerBlend 9 guarantees durability and reliability. Crafted with innovation at its core, the Braun PowerBlend 9 features TriAction Technology, assuring 60% finer and 4x faster blending. Its remarkable 1600 Watts of power combined with a German-made PrecisionEdge blade effortlessly handles tough ingredients, ensuring that your smoothies, soups, and sauces are flawlessly blended every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.6kW, 10 speed + pulse\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 400(H)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Non-Commercial\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.7kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePersonalize your blending experience with 18 programs, including 6 food programs and 3 texture options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eThe smooth soup program heats ingredients to serving temperature through the friction of the blade in the heat-resistant jug.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eThe expertly designed PrecisionEdge blade is engineered in Solingen, Germany to pulverize hard ingredients in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEffortless cleaning process with a simple touch of a button, making maintenance a breeze.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eOffers high blending results with up to 45,000 rpms motor speed, requiring less pre-cutting of ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eA 1m power cord provides flexibility in positioning your blender.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eTriAction Technology for quicker and finer blending\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVersatile speed settings for complete control over texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDurable Tritan jug that does not shatter or retain odors\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean mechanism ensures time-saving usability\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor minimizes prep time, enhancing efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBPA-free components provide peace of mind for health-conscious users\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eFaster blending times\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time in the kitchen and more time enjoying your creations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eCustomizable blending options\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eAchieve your desired consistency with ease, from smoothies to soups.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eInvest in a product that withstands daily use without compromise on performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEffortless cleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eQuickly clean up after preparing meals, making it suitable for busy lifestyles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Braun PowerBlend 9 Jug Blender excels in various applications, making it an indispensable tool in any kitchen environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eIdeal for creating smoothies and protein shakes for health and fitness enthusiasts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePerfect for whipping up soups and sauces, thanks to the special heating function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eGreat for preparing baby food with a range of textures for infants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUseful in professional kitchens, catering services, and home cooking alike.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eConvenient for crafting frozen desserts and cocktails for entertaining guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, place the Braun PowerBlend 9 on a stable, flat surface. Ensure proper electrical connections for effective operation, while routine maintenance includes rinsing the parts after each use to prevent food residue buildup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for the Braun PowerBlend 9?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender comes with a 1-year non-commercial warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jug dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tritan jug is designed for ease of cleaning, but it's advisable to hand wash for maximum longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it handle ice and frozen fruits?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the high-power motor and precision blade design enable the blender to efficiently crush ice and blend frozen ingredients effortlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith the Braun PowerBlend 9 Jug Blender JB 9040 Black, you'll enjoy the seamless blending experience that enhances your culinary creations. Order today and transform your kitchen adventures!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811032482177,"sku":"HW201","price":460.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/83ef4c5a925d5cd36cf57d8c5efa302b.png?v=1781706206"},{"product_id":"commercial-1-8ltr-silent-bar-blender-with-2-jugs-bundle","title":"Commercial 1.8Ltr Silent Bar Blender with 2 Jugs Bundle","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Digital Silent Bar Blender 1.8Ltr with 2x Jugs Bundle is a versatile kitchen appliance designed for both commercial and home use. Perfect for busy kitchens, this powerful blender allows users to create smoothies, sauces, and soups with ease, thanks to its impressive blending capabilities and included jugs for efficient operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality materials, this blender features a durable stainless steel construction that ensures longevity. Its quiet operation is ideal for front-of-house use, reducing noise disruption while maintaining high performance levels. The Buffalo Digital Silent Bar Blender stands out with its unique bundle of jugs, one clear and two colour-coded options, catering to a variety of blending tasks and promoting efficient workflow in busy environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e1 x Clear Jug – 1.8Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e1 x Green Jug – 1.8Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e1 x Purple Jug – 1.8Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1680W\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8Ltr | 63½oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 487(H) x 246(W) x 271(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 9.1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHigh torque brushless motor for longer service life and quieter operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVariable speed and time control adjustable during blending for precise results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePulse function allows you to blend ingredients to desired texture without over-processing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSafety interlock ensures the blender only operates with a jug securely in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHigh torque brushless motor - reduces noise while extending the life of the appliance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eThree BPA-free jugs promote food safety and allow for easy switching between recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSave up to 6 favorite multi-stage programs for quick, repeat blending tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCapacitive touch controls ensure ease of use, even with wet hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCompact design fits comfortably in busy kitchens without taking up too much space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMotor overheat protection provides peace of mind during extended use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eReduced Noise\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy a quieter kitchen environment, making it suitable for front-of-house preparation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eMultiple Jugs\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly manage different ingredients while minimizing cross-contamination.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eVariable Speed Control\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEasily adjust blending speed for different recipes and desired textures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eSafety Features\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eOperate confidently knowing that the blender will not run unless the jug is in place.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Digital Silent Bar Blender excels in various settings, from bustling restaurants to cozy home kitchens. Its efficient design makes it ideal for a wide range of applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePreparing smoothies and shakes in cafes and juice bars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMixing sauces and dressings in restaurants for quick service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBlending soups in catering environments to serve large groups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCreating frozen desserts and sorbets during busy summer months.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eOperating in health-focused establishments where noise needs to be kept to a minimum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the blender is placed on a stable, flat surface. Regularly clean the jugs and blending components to maintain food safety and machine functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power rating of the Buffalo Digital Silent Bar Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender operates at 1680W, making it powerful enough for various blending tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials are the jugs made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll jugs included in the bundle are made from BPA-free materials, ensuring food safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty for this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the blender comes with a 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour warranty for added peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your blending experience with the Buffalo Digital Silent Bar Blender 1.8Ltr with 2x Jugs Bundle. Order today and enjoy efficiency, safety, and quiet operation in your kitchen! \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811032514945,"sku":"SA856","price":969.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/416bcea16b845e5a4ee9dd41eb9cc762.png?v=1781706207"},{"product_id":"commercial-100l-food-blender-with-variable-speed-control","title":"Commercial 100L Food Blender with Variable Speed Control","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Robot Coupe Stick Blender MP450 VV Ultra - GL510 is a versatile and powerful food blender designed for culinary professionals and home cooks alike. This stick blender excels at blending sauces, soups, and purées with remarkable efficiency, making it an essential tool in any kitchen environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials and a robust design, the MP450 VV Ultra offers a solution to the often cumbersome task of preparing ingredients. Its ergonomic handle minimizes user fatigue, while the variable speed control enables precise blending results. By integrating patented technology, this stick blender stands out in terms of ease of use and maintenance, ensuring that you can focus on what really matters—creating delicious meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 500W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft\u003c\/strong\u003e 450mm (17.7\") Variable Speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 100Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 825(H)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariable speed from 1,500 to 9,000 RPM for optimal blending versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatented easy-plug system reduces servicing times to keep your blender running smoothly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOver-moulded blades with a sharp design assure superior cutting quality every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable stainless steel blade and bell for effortless cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-grip ergonomic handle significantly enhances user comfort and control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower cord winding system designed for convenient storage and longer lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied with wall support for organized and easy access storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree training from Robot Coupe to enhance your blending experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable speed allows for tailored blending, perfect for varying ingredient textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight construction facilitates easy handling without sacrificing durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-capacity design makes it suitable for large batch preparations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-clean components reduce downtime between uses, enhancing productivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable pivot point ensures comfortable operation during lengthy tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDependable warranty coverage provides peace of mind with your purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable Speed Control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAchieve your desired consistency, whether finely blended or chunky.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgonomic Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeel less fatigue during extended use, allowing for more efficient meal preparation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy Maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpend less time cleaning and more time cooking with a straightforward assembly and disassembly process.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlend larger quantities in a single go, saving time and effort in busy kitchen settings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Robot Coupe Stick Blender MP450 VV Ultra is engineered for a multitude of professional and domestic applications. Whether you’re running a bustling restaurant or preparing meals at home, this blender is up for the challenge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for restaurants seeking efficient blending solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for catering services requiring large batch processing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcellent choice for soup kitchens and food banks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEffective for in-home meal prep and culinary experimentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWell-suited for food processing industries focused on soups and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure that the stick blender is securely plugged into a suitable power outlet. Regularly check the removable parts for any signs of wear or damage, cleaning them after each use to maintain hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum capacity of the Robot Coupe Stick Blender MP450 VV Ultra?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum capacity is 100 liters, making it suitable for large batch blending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt comes with a 1-year warranty covering both parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this blender for hot liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Robot Coupe Stick Blender is designed to handle hot liquids, making it perfect for soup and sauce preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your culinary creations with the Robot Coupe Stick Blender MP450 VV Ultra. With its thoughtful design and impressive performance capabilities, this stick blender is the ultimate solution for efficient and reliable blending. Order today and experience the difference in your kitchen!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811034120577,"sku":"GL510","price":1271.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/8bb7956663696c76e5e0f2c532383adc.png?v=1781706221"},{"product_id":"commercial-250mm-variable-speed-stick-blender-350w-stainless-steel","title":"Commercial 250mm Variable Speed Stick Blender 350W Stainless Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Nisbets Essentials Variable Speed Stick Blender 250mm Shaft - DK849 is an essential tool for both professional chefs and home cooking enthusiasts. Designed to tackle blending, puréeing, and emulsifying with ease, this stick blender enables you to create smooth and consistent textures in a variety of dishes. Whether you're mixing soups, sauces, or smoothies, it’s engineered to deliver exceptional performance and versatility, making it a valuable addition to any kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials, the Nisbets Essentials Variable Speed Stick Blender features a robust stainless steel shaft that ensures durability and reliability. Its powerful 350W motor works efficiently, while the innovative cooling vents help prevent overheating during extended use. This stick blender stands out not just for its functionality but also for its comfortable design, making it easy to handle during any culinary task.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 350W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft\u003c\/strong\u003e 250mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 633.7(H)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.92kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariable speed control from 4,000 to 20,000 RPM allows for precise blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design enhances ease of use and reduces fatigue during long blending tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetachable blending shaft simplifies cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling vents prevent overheating, ensuring reliable performance over longer periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight and ergonomic design promotes comfort during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariable speed ranges allow adaptation to different food textures for optimal blending results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful motor is capable of handling large batches, ideal for busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel construction ensures longevity and withstands frequent use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to clean design saves time in the kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1-year warranty provides peace of mind for your purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable speed control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjust blending speed for perfect consistency, making it ideal for various recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowerful motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuickly blend large quantities, reducing prep time and enhancing efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling vents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvoids overheating, extending the life of the blender and ensuring consistent performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetachable shaft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFacilitates easy cleaning and storage, keeping your kitchen organized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Nisbets Essentials Variable Speed Stick Blender is exceptional in various kitchen environments. From professional catering to home cooking, it excels in numerous tasks. Here are some ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlending soups to a creamy consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixing smoothies and milkshakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmulsifying sauces and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePureeing baby food and other soft meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating whipped toppings or whipped cream.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixing up large batches of dips or spreads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain the longevity of your stick blender, ensure the detachable shaft is cleaned after each use. Regularly inspect the motor and cooling vents to avoid blockages, promoting efficient operation. Store it in a dry place to prevent any moisture-related damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials is the stick blender made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stick blender features a stainless steel blending shaft for durability and ease of cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the warranty for the stick blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product comes with a 1-year warranty that covers parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power specification for the stick blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stick blender has a powerful motor rated at 350W, allowing it to handle demanding blending tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the convenience and efficiency of the Nisbets Essentials Variable Speed Stick Blender 250mm Shaft - DK849 in your kitchen. Order today and elevate your culinary creations.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811052896641,"sku":"DK849","price":266.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/f3d388df34e243bb665675e7b05f4020.png?v=1781706431"},{"product_id":"commercial-25l-food-blender-stick-mixer-with-stainless-steel-blade","title":"Commercial 25L Food Blender Stick Mixer with Stainless Steel Blade","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Dynamic Junior Stick Blender MX020 is an essential kitchen tool designed for professionals and home cooks alike. This innovative food blender streamlines the blending process, making it perfect for preparing soups, sauces, and purees. With its robust features, it allows users to quickly generate smooth results with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials, the Dynamic Junior Stick Blender MX020 boasts a stainless steel blade and shaft, ensuring long-lasting durability. The lightweight design enables comfortable handling, making it ideal for longer preparation times. Easily cleanable and featuring a removable blending head, it resolves the tedious clean-up process that comes with traditional blenders.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 270W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 25Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 535(H) x 100(W) x 100(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel Blade and Shaft \/ Rubber Grip\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 2 kg\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design – making it convenient for extensive food preparation. \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e11,000 rpm speed – providing quick and efficient blending. \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble insulation – minimizing operational noise for a more comfortable kitchen environment. \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace-saving wall storage bracket included – ensuring easy storage and access.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eTitanium-coated blade – enhancing strength and durability for long-term use.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eSafety switch – preventing accidental activation.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful motor – effectively handles a variety of food preparation tasks with ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-clean stainless steel construction – saves time during cleanup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTitanium-coated blade – adds durability and ensures optimal performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightest in its class – reduces user fatigue during extended use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle speed operation – simplifies controls and minimizes mechanical failures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact size – ideal for small kitchens or tight workspace requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eLightweight design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLess strain during prolonged use, perfect for large batches.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReliability and longevity, reducing the need for frequent replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaves you time in the kitchen, letting you focus on cooking.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003ePowerful motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasily blends tougher ingredients like frozen fruits or vegetables.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Dynamic Junior Stick Blender MX020 excels in various settings, making it a versatile addition to your kitchen tools. Its reliable performance ensures excellent results across several applications.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eProfessional kitchens – perfect for chefs needing efficient blending.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHome cooking – ideal for quick and easy meal prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering services – accommodates large quantities while maintaining speed.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eFood processing – suitable for creating consistent textures in soups and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHealthy smoothies – quickly blends fruits and vegetables for nutritious drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal operation, ensure that the blending head is correctly attached before use. After use, simply immerse the blending head in water and let it run for several seconds for an effortless clean. The removable blades can be separated for thorough cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of materials is the Dynamic Junior Stick Blender made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe blender features a stainless steel blade and shaft for durability and easy cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow powerful is the motor in this stick blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Dynamic Junior Stick Blender MX020 has a powerful 270W motor, making it suitable for most preparation tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty for the product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, the blender comes with a 1-year warranty for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your kitchen experience with the Dynamic Junior Stick Blender MX020, designed for efficiency and ease of use. Order today and streamline your food preparation!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811053552001,"sku":"CF004","price":604.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/3394fab3809bb3dd6c24f0842f582ca1.png?v=1781706438"},{"product_id":"commercial-4l-food-blender-with-160mm-shaft-for-catering","title":"Commercial 4L Food Blender with 160mm Shaft for Catering","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Dynamic Dynamix Stick Blender DMX 160 Combi Pack is an essential tool for culinary enthusiasts wanting to take their blending to the next level. Perfect for home cooks and professional chefs alike, this versatile blender provides remarkable power and efficiency in every use, making food preparation a seamless experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality materials, the Dynamic Dynamix Stick Blender combines stainless steel and durable plastic for a reliable design that withstands the rigors of daily use. Its powerful 220W motor and titanium-coated blades ensure smooth blending, saving you time and effort in the kitchen. With its detachable shaft, this stick blender makes cleanup a breeze, setting it apart from traditional blenders that can be cumbersome to maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 220W\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft Length\u003c\/strong\u003e 160mm (6.2\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 4Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 420(H) x 350(W) x 120(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.22kW, 0.9A\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 2.8 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor with a top speed of 13,000 rpm for fast results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVariable speed settings allow you to customize blending consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLong-life sealed tube assembly ensures durability and operational longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eComfortable design makes it easy to handle for extended periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePerfectly portable, ideal for both light applications and serious blending tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eIncludes handy accessories like wall brackets and cutter bowl attachments for added functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDurable construction from stainless steel and plastic for long-lasting use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eTitanium-coated blades deliver clean and efficient blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVariable speed settings enhance precision for various ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDetachable shaft simplifies cleaning and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCompact size fits easily in any kitchen space without sacrificing performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAttractive orange color adds a pop of style to your kitchen gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003ePowerful 220W motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eOffers quick blending without compromise on quality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eVariable speed control\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eAllows for customized blending, perfect for various recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eDetachable shaft\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eMakes cleaning and maintenance hassle-free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003e4-liter capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eHandles large batches of ingredients efficiently.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dynamic Dynamix Stick Blender excels in diverse settings and applications, making it an invaluable addition to any kitchen toolkit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens needing efficient food preparation equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHome cooks preparing smoothies, soups, and sauces with ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRestaurants requiring quick and reliable blending for large volumes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCatering services looking for portable blending solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCooking classes where participants can learn with professional tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, it is essential to regularly clean the detachable shaft and blade assembly. Allow components to air dry completely before reassembling. Utilize compatible accessories for enhanced functionality, such as wall brackets for tidy storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat accessories are included with the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dynamic Dynamix Stick Blender comes with handy wall brackets, ricers, and cutter bowl attachments for added convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the blender easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the detachable shaft simplifies the cleaning process, allowing for quick and efficient maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender comes with a 1-year warranty, providing peace of mind for your investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your kitchen with the Dynamic Dynamix Stick Blender DMX 160 Combi Pack. Its combination of power, efficiency, and ease of use makes it the perfect tool for all your blending needs. Order today and elevate your culinary creations!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811073048961,"sku":"GH629","price":472.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/e1ba1ebe0238c0f7d90cf663747803e8.png?v=1781706641"},{"product_id":"commercial-bar-blender-1-6l-with-variable-speed-and-pulse-function","title":"Commercial Bar Blender 1.6L with Variable Speed and Pulse Function","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Nisbets Essentials Bar Blender 1.6Ltr is designed for culinary professionals who require a reliable and powerful blending solution. With its robust construction and versatile functionality, this bar blender is perfect for creating a wide array of beverages, sauces, and soups, so you can keep up with any demand in your busy kitchen or bar setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with a powerful 1.5kW motor and featuring an extra-strong 6-leaf stainless steel blade, this blender combines efficiency with durability. Its ease of use and clean-up is a remarkable feature, ensuring that it stands out from other models. The Nisbets Essentials Bar Blender expertly blends everything from icy cocktails to crunchy smoothies, making it an invaluable asset for professional chefs and bartenders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.6Ltr | 56¼oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 313(H) x 485(W) x 362(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.8kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariable speed and pulse control for precise blending results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned with a powerful motor for commercial use, ensuring longevity and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for crushing ice, making it perfect for cocktails and frozen drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe safety system prevents operation without the jug properly in place for added security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat dissipation design prevents overheating, protecting the motor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-lasting motor ensures consistent performance, even during peak hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge capacity allows for blending larger batches, saving you time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction resists wear and tear, promising durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-clean design helps maintain hygiene, an essential for any food service environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePulse function enhances control over blending, giving you the results you want.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact design fits easily on counters without taking up too much space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowerful 1.5kW motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures fast and efficient blending to keep up with demand.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra-strong stainless steel blades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivers smooth blends, handles tough ingredients effortlessly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable speed and pulse control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllows for personalized blending for a variety of recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety system features\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProvides peace of mind, preventing accidents in busy environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Nisbets Essentials Bar Blender thrives in various environments, making it a versatile choice for different culinary tasks. Whether you are a bartender crafting the latest cocktail or a chef preparing gourmet sauces, this blender excels in several applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrafting smoothies and frozen drinks in bars and cafes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlending dressings and sauces in restaurants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaking soups in catering environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrushing ice for cocktails and desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparing baby food in family kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimum performance, ensure your Nisbets Essentials Bar Blender is placed on a stable, flat surface away from extreme temperatures. Regularly check blades for wear and tear, and clean immediately after use to maintain its excellent condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Nisbets Essentials Bar Blender has a capacity of 1.6Ltr, which is perfect for blending larger batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the blender suitable for ice crushing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is designed to handle ice, making it ideal for cocktails and frozen drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender includes a 1-year parts and labour warranty for your peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor a reliable and professional blending experience, the Nisbets Essentials Bar Blender 1.6Ltr is the ideal addition to your kitchen or bar. Order today to elevate your beverage and food preparation! \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811125838209,"sku":"DN987","price":266.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/5994ef70e6bb3edb94b4e5e7b827a4d4.png?v=1781707132"},{"product_id":"commercial-digital-bar-blender-2-5l-with-sound-enclosure","title":"Commercial Digital Bar Blender 2.5L with Sound Enclosure","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Digital Bar Blender with Sound Enclosure 2.5Ltr is designed for culinary enthusiasts and professionals who demand efficiency and precision in their blending tasks. This innovative blender excels in any kitchen environment, producing consistently smooth textures while keeping noise levels to a minimum, making it perfect for bars, cafes, and home chefs alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality stainless steel and durable plastic, the Buffalo blender not only looks sleek but also stands up to the rigours of everyday use. It’s equipped with a user-friendly digital control panel, enhancing usability and allowing for precise blending, a key differentiator that sets it apart from conventional blenders. This appliance efficiently handles both hot and cold ingredients, making it versatile enough for a variety of culinary creations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5Ltr | 88oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 547(H) x 240(W) x 306(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220\/240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 9kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSound enclosure ensures noise is kept to a minimum, perfect for quieter environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRemovable clear cap allows for easy filling, simplifying your preparation process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eTimer options (30s, 60s, 90s) provide versatility for different blending tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePulse function for controlled blending and incorporating ingredients smoothly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDurable metal clutch enhances resilience during heavy-duty blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor ensures efficient blending, reducing wait times for smooth drinks and mixes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eNoise-reducing design means less disruption in bustling settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eThe digital control panel makes it easy for anyone to operate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHigh-temperature blending capability ideal for soups, sauces, and purees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eTimer settings enable precise blending, promoting consistency in recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVersatile for both professional settings and home kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRobust materials withstand regular use, ensuring long-term reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eSound Enclosure\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy quieter blending, perfect for cafes and public spaces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eUser-Friendly Interface\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eSimple to operate for anyone, reducing training time for new staff.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eHigh Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eBlend large quantities at once, saving time in busy environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eDurability\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eDesigned to withstand the demands of commercial kitchens, lowering replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile blender is an excellent addition to various settings that require efficient blending solutions. It excels in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBars for crafting smoothies, cocktails, and purees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCafes producing sauces, dressings, and soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRestaurants needing quick preparation of large batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for versatile meal preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHealth and fitness centers offering protein shakes or wellness drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender is designed for easy integration into any kitchen setup. Ensure it’s placed on a stable surface, and regular cleaning will maintain its performance. Follow the manufacturer's guidelines for operational care and maintenance to enhance its lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the main materials used in the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt features a combination of stainless steel and plastic, ensuring durability and easy cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this blender suitable for professional use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it’s designed for commercial settings, providing efficient performance and noise reduction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Digital Bar Blender comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Digital Bar Blender with Sound Enclosure 2.5Ltr enhances your blending experience with its advanced features and durable design. Order today to revolutionize the way you blend ingredients in your kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811325493633,"sku":"CY141","price":679.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/2675c37e545ea732e7f2caddbced2c48.png?v=1781709360"},{"product_id":"commercial-digital-bar-blender-2-5l-stainless-steel-body","title":"Commercial Digital Bar Blender 2.5L Stainless Steel Body","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Digital Bar Blender 2.5Ltr - CY140 is an essential tool designed for both professional chefs and home cooks seeking to enhance their culinary creations. This versatile food blender delivers unrivaled blending efficiency for beverages, sauces, soups, and more, ensuring consistent results every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a durable stainless steel body and a robust metal clutch, this blender promises longevity and resilience, making it suitable for frequent and heavy use. Featuring a user-friendly digital control panel, it simplifies operation while allowing for precise control over blending speeds and times, addressing the challenges of achieving the perfect consistency in every blend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5Ltr | 88oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 535(H) x 240(W) x 306(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220\/240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 6kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor operating between 10,000 - 28,000RPM for optimal blending performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eTimer settings (30s, 60s, 90s) for customized blending durations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePulse function enables control for precision blending tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRemovable clear cap fosters easy filling of ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSuitable for blending hot and cold ingredients, up to temperatures of 85°C.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRobust stainless steel body ensures durability and withstands daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity jug allows for making large batches, ideal for commercial settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDigital display offers straightforward navigation for all skill levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMulti-functional design helps in preparing various recipes, from smoothies to sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean components simplify maintenance and promote hygiene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLightweight design facilitates easy handling and maneuverability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eMetal clutch\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eImproved durability for extended use without wear and tear.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eVersatile application\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly blend hot and cold ingredients, making it suitable for a variety of recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eAnyone can achieve perfect blends regardless of experience level.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eHigh RPM range\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eAchieve smoother textures faster, reducing prep time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Digital Bar Blender excels in numerous culinary settings, making it invaluable for various applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRestaurants preparing large batches of soups and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBars crafting smoothies and mixed drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCafés combining ingredients for health shakes and beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCatering events requiring swift food prep for large groups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the blender is placed on a stable surface and away from heat sources. Regularly clean the jug and blades to maintain hygiene and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum temperature for blending?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Digital Bar Blender can blend ingredients at temperatures up to 85°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jug BPA-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 2.5-litre jug is made from BPA-free plastic for safety and health.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product comes with a 2-Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour warranty for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the Buffalo Digital Bar Blender 2.5Ltr - CY140 today and experience the ease and convenience it brings to your kitchen. Order now to elevate your blending capabilities!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811325559169,"sku":"CY140","price":484.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/1358d55f61ac7e5d001ed96e7dfc39cc.png?v=1781709361"},{"product_id":"commercial-digital-silent-bar-blender-1-8ltr-capacity","title":"Commercial Digital Silent Bar Blender 1.8Ltr Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Digital Silent Bar Blender 1.8Ltr - HX583 is an advanced food blending solution designed for both commercial and residential kitchens. Perfect for chefs, bartenders, and health enthusiasts, this high-capacity blender offers powerful performance and exceptional blending consistency, allowing you to create smoothies, sauces, soups, and more effortlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a robust stainless steel body, the Buffalo blender delivers both durability and aesthetic appeal. Its intelligent digital control panel solves the common challenge of achieving perfect blending results and operates with minimal noise, making it ideal for front-of-house locations. With built-in programmable functions, this blender stands out from competitors by offering tailored blending experiences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1680W\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8Ltr | 63½oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 487(H) x 246(W) x 271(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 9.1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh torque brushless motor for enhanced energy efficiency and lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-programmable for up to six recipes, ensuring repeatable results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVariable speed and time control, allowing adjustments mid-operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePulse function for precise blending control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuieter operation thanks to advanced sound enclosure design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCapacitive touch controls facilitate use even with wet hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMotor overheat protection enhances safety and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSafety interlock system ensures operation only with a jug in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSix customizable programs cater to diverse blending needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjustable speed settings provide flexibility for various recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuieter motor technology enhances user experience in any kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBPA-free jug ensures safety for health-conscious users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmart design allows for easy use in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable materials ensure longevity, making it a sound investment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHigh torque brushless motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eQuieter operation and longer service life.\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVariable speed and time control\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePerfect textures and consistencies tailored to your preference.\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePre-programmed settings\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSave time with effortless meal prep and smoothies.\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSafety interlock system\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePeace of mind while using, ensuring safe operation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Digital Silent Bar Blender is versatile and designed for a variety of settings, making it suitable for multiple applications. Here are some areas where it truly excels:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBars and Restaurants - Ideal for crafting smoothies and signature cocktails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCafés - Great for preparing fresh beverages and culinary creations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHealth Food Stores - Perfect for on-the-go nutrient-rich smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFitness Centers - Excellent choice for smoothie stations post-workout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, install on a stable surface and keep the blender clean after each use. Regular maintenance involves emptying and cleaning the jug and ensuring the motor is free from debris.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat is the jug capacity of the Buffalo Digital Silent Bar Blender?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has a capacity of 1.8 liters, sufficient for making multiple servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIs the blender suitable for commercial use?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, its robust build and silent operation make it perfect for commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat materials are used in the construction?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender is made from high-quality stainless steel, ensuring durability and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the convenience and efficiency of the Buffalo Digital Silent Bar Blender 1.8Ltr - HX583 for your kitchen needs. Order today to elevate your blending experience and achieve professional-grade results with every use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811325690241,"sku":"HX583","price":727.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/dd6d342a45ace56de252f8a954978b62.png?v=1781709364"},{"product_id":"commercial-food-blender-1-5l-capacity-variable-speed-control","title":"Commercial Food Blender 1.5L Capacity Variable Speed Control","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Waring X-Prep Kitchen Blender MX1200XTXEK is a powerful kitchen appliance designed for culinary enthusiasts and professionals alike. Perfect for crafting soups, smoothies, sauces, spreads, and salsas, it provides exceptional blending capabilities that save time and enhance your cooking experience. With its extensive speed range and durability, this blender ensures you achieve perfect results quickly and efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials, the Waring X-Prep stands out in demanding kitchen environments. The blending jug is robust enough to handle both hot and cold ingredients, making it versatile for any cooking task. Its precise variable speed controls allow you to select the ideal setting between 1,500 and 20,000 rpm, while the max pulse speed of 28,000 rpm ensures that even the toughest ingredients are blended smoothly. This feature sets it apart from other food blenders, as it combines speed, reliability, and power in one compact unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2Ltr | 70½oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5kW Variable speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 419(H) x 298(W) x 280(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 7.6 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish - Blade\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish - Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e Polycarbonate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEfficient variable speed range for tailor-made blending results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUltra-durable commercial grade motor for extended use in professional kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRubberized jar pad and legs minimize noise during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eOne-piece jar pad design allows for easy cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHigh-performance stainless steel blade guarantees long-lasting sharpness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVersatile use across various recipes, from smoothies to soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDesigned for heavy-duty kitchen environments, ensuring maximum durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRapid blending speeds reduce preparation time significantly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-clean design promotes hygiene and convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVariable speed options allow for customization according to recipe requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRobust construction minimizes the risk of wear and tear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003ePowerful motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly blends even tough ingredients.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eVariable speed control\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eAchieve perfect textures for every recipe.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eLong life expectancy and reliable performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Waring X-Prep is ideal for a variety of culinary settings, making it a versatile addition to any kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for high-volume food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCatering businesses for large-batch blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCafés for smoothie and juice creation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for everyday cooking and meal prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the blender is placed on a stable surface during use. Regularly clean the blending jug and blade to maintain performance and hygiene, following any specific care instructions provided by the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of materials is the blender made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender features a stainless steel blade and a polycarbonate handle, ensuring durability and ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum speed of the Waring X-Prep?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum pulse speed of the blender reaches up to 28,000 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty on the product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Waring X-Prep comes with a 1-year warranty covering parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the power and reliability of the Waring X-Prep Kitchen Blender MX1200XTXEK. Order today to take your culinary creations to the next level.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811371532673,"sku":"GH480","price":1624.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/ce36d8cdde8ecee3e32d95b075f766a0.png?v=1781710044"},{"product_id":"commercial-food-blender-1kw-400l-capacity-stick-blender","title":"Commercial Food Blender 1kW 400L Capacity Stick Blender","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Robot Coupe Turbo Stick Blender MP800 is an essential kitchen tool designed for chefs and food service professionals seeking efficiency and ease in high-volume settings. This powerful blender boasts an impressive capacity of 400 liters, making it ideal for blending large batches of sauces, soups, and more. With its ergonomic design and innovative features, the Turbo Stick Blender simplifies food preparation, allowing users to achieve smooth and consistent results effortlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e  \n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with durability in mind, this stick blender is constructed from robust materials that ensure a long working life. One standout feature is the effective housing lug that serves as a pivot point, enabling easy maneuvering in large pans and containers. Say goodbye to cumbersome blending methods; the Turbo Stick Blender seamlessly integrates into any commercial kitchen, speeding up workflows and delivering professional-quality results every time.\u003c\/p\u003e  \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \n\u003cul\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kW\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 400Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 1130(H)mm\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 9.2kg\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003eSingle speed operation at 9500 RPM for consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003eEasy-grip ergonomic handle reduces user fatigue during prolonged use.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003ePatented easy-plug system streamlines servicing and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003eIncludes wall support for efficient and convenient storage.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003eSpecially sharpened, over-moulded blades guarantee optimum cutting quality.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003eRemovable stainless steel blade and bell for effortless cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003c\/ul\u003e  \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e  \n\u003cul\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003ePowerful motor enhances performance and prolongs operational life.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003eReduced storage footprint due to power cord winding system.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003ePivotable design allows easy access to hard-to-reach corners.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003eFree training available to help users maximize efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design promotes ease of handling and maneuverability.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003eEfficient cleaning process allows for quick turnaround in busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003c\/ul\u003e  \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e  \n\u003ctable\u003e  \n\u003cthead\u003e  \n\u003ctr\u003e  \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e  \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e  \n\u003c\/tr\u003e  \n\u003c\/thead\u003e  \n\u003ctbody\u003e  \n\u003ctr\u003e  \n\u003ctd\u003eHigh blending capacity\u003c\/td\u003e  \n\u003ctd\u003ePerfect for large batches, saving you time and effort.\u003c\/td\u003e  \n\u003c\/tr\u003e  \n\u003ctr\u003e  \n\u003ctd\u003eErgonomic design\u003c\/td\u003e  \n\u003ctd\u003eReduces strain during long hours of food preparation.\u003c\/td\u003e  \n\u003c\/tr\u003e  \n\u003ctr\u003e  \n\u003ctd\u003eEasy-clean features\u003c\/td\u003e  \n\u003ctd\u003eSimplifies maintenance, keeping your kitchen hygienic.\u003c\/td\u003e  \n\u003c\/tr\u003e  \n\u003ctr\u003e  \n\u003ctd\u003eWall support included\u003c\/td\u003e  \n\u003ctd\u003eKeeps your workspace organized and clutter-free.\u003c\/td\u003e  \n\u003c\/tr\u003e  \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e  \n\u003c\/table\u003e  \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e  \n\u003cp\u003eThe Robot Coupe Turbo Stick Blender is versatile and excels in various settings. It fits perfectly into busy kitchens, catering services, and food manufacturing environments, where large-scale blending is essential.\u003c\/p\u003e  \n\u003cul\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants for preparing sauces, soups, and purees.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003eCatering businesses serving large events.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003eFood processing plants for efficient batch mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003eHospital kitchens for blending nutritious meals.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003cli\u003eCafes for smoothies and blended drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e  \n\u003c\/ul\u003e  \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e  \n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure that the blender is securely mounted using the wall support provided. Regularly clean the removable stainless steel blade and bell to maintain hygiene and ensure consistent blending results.\u003c\/p\u003e  \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e  \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum blending capacity of the Robot Coupe Turbo Stick Blender MP800?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum blending capacity is 400 liters, making it suitable for large-scale food preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e  \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the motor powerful enough for heavy-duty use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 1kW motor is designed for high performance and can handle continuous use effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e  \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow easy is it to clean the blender after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \n\u003cp\u003eCleaning is easy thanks to the removable stainless steel blade and bell design, allowing for quick maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e  \n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficiency and precision of the Robot Coupe Turbo Stick Blender MP800. Elevate your food preparation processes and achieve consistent results every time. Order today to transform your kitchen efficiency!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811371565441,"sku":"GL513","price":2195.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/7ace412e47de10b5a134669a601314a1.png?v=1781710044"},{"product_id":"commercial-food-blender-2-5l-with-sound-enclosure","title":"Commercial Food Blender 2.5L with Sound Enclosure","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Bar Blender 2.5Ltr with Sound Enclosure is an essential kitchen tool for busy restaurants, bars, and cafes that require efficient blending without the noise. This versatile food blender is designed to create a wide range of beverages, from decadent milkshakes to vivacious cocktails, all while significantly reducing operational sound levels thanks to its innovative sound enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from BPA-free plastic, the Buffalo Bar Blender is both durable and safe for food preparation. This device not only helps to maintain a serene environment in front of customers but also provides the flexibility to be used without the enclosure when needed. With its powerful motor and user-friendly features, this blender will take your beverage preparation to the next level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5Ltr | 88oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 548(H) x 253(W) x 236(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e BPA-Free Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.9kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatility to create all kinds of high-margin cocktails, smoothies, or milkshakes quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable clear cap makes it easier to add ingredients during blends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoundproofing enclosure dramatically reduces operating noise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for blending both hot and cold ingredients up to 85°C.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful motor with variable speeds to blend different thicknesses with precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePulse function for when extra-precise mixing is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-lasting metal clutch - more durable than plastic versions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSound enclosure for reduced noise levels enhances customer experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariable speed settings provide tailored blending for various recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable cap promotes efficiency during ingredient addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable construction ensures long-lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge 2.5Ltr capacity allows for larger batch preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbility to blend hot ingredients increases versatility in menu options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduced noise operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintains a pleasant atmosphere for diners and staff alike.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile blending capabilities\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllows you to expand your beverage menu with ease.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable and safe materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures peace of mind regarding food safety and longevity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailored mixing options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerfect for experimenting with recipes and achieving desired textures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Bar Blender shines in various environments where quick and effective blending is essential. Here are some ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBars and pubs for crafting vibrant cocktails quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafes and coffee shops offering smoothies and frozen drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants needing efficient preparation of sauces and soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering services that require large batches of blended items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHealth-focused establishments serving nutritious smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the blender is placed on a stable surface for secure operation. Regularly check the sound enclosure for any debris and clean as necessary to maintain optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Buffalo Bar Blender without the sound enclosure?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the blender can be operated normally without the sound enclosure if preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum temperature it can blend?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Bar Blender can handle both hot and cold ingredients up to 85°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the seamless blending performance of the Buffalo Bar Blender 2.5Ltr with Sound Enclosure. Order today to elevate your beverage service and create delightful drinks with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811371598209,"sku":"DR825","price":604.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/f64d2d5f8931c1b1b46f40c6b74747ca.png?v=1781710044"},{"product_id":"commercial-heavy-duty-food-blender-189-ltr-capacity","title":"Commercial Heavy Duty Food Blender 189 Ltr Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Waring Heavy Duty Big Stix Blender WSB70CK is designed for professional kitchens that require a powerful and versatile blending tool. Ideal for chefs and caterers, this robust blender delivers unparalleled control and performance, ensuring that every blend is consistent and of high quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from durable materials, the Waring Big Stix Blender features a stainless steel blade and a rubber grip handle that enhance both its longevity and ease of use. Its high-performance motor efficiently tackles a variety of tasks from light mixing to heavy-duty puréeing. With its unlimited speed adjustments, this blender stands out as a reliable culinary assistant, transforming cooking methods and efficiency in any commercial setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 650W Shaft: 530mm (20.8\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 189 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Shaft Length 530mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel Blade and Shaft\/ Rubber Grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 650W, 2.8A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.28kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariable speed (5,000 to 18,000 RPM) for maximum blending precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy removable shaft for quick changes between tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy hand safety grip reduces user fatigue during prolonged use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSide vents keep the motor cool while in operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be fitted with a whisk head for additional versatility (sold separately).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnlimited speed adjustment offers versatility for various blending tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge capacity allows for blending large batches, saving time and effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction ensures durability and ease of cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design promotes ease of handling and maneuverability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRobust motor performs well in high-demand environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRubber grip provides a comfortable user experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-speed blending capabilities\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAchieve smooth and consistent results for a variety of recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInvest in a long-lasting tool that withstands daily use in a professional kitchen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEase of maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuickly clean parts that are dishwasher safe, saving time in the kitchen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdapt the blender for different tasks, from soups to sauces, and beyond.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Waring Heavy Duty Big Stix Blender excels in various settings, making it a preferred choice among culinary professionals. It is perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering events where large quantities need to be blended quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants preparing soups, sauces, and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood trucks requiring portable and efficient blending solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels and banquets serving large groups and needing high-volume blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHealth food stores producing fresh smoothies or emulsions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender's design ensures straightforward installation and compatibility across various kitchen settings. Regularly check the removable shaft for wear and ensure all parts are cleaned after each use for optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum speed of the Waring Heavy Duty Big Stix Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender offers a maximum speed of 18,000 RPM, allowing for precise blending control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the warranty for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Waring blender comes with a 1-year warranty for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this blender be used for hot liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Waring Big Stix Blender can efficiently blend warm ingredients, making it suitable for soups and sauces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your blending experience with the Waring Heavy Duty Big Stix Blender WSB70CK. Order today and discover the difference it can make in your kitchen!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811457876353,"sku":"CR529","price":967.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/9d3b0353e49af9d0456325008d613e7e.png?v=1781710663"},{"product_id":"commercial-heavy-duty-stick-blender-680mm-shaft-1kw-power","title":"Commercial Heavy Duty Stick Blender 680mm Shaft 1kW Power","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Dynamic Heavy Duty Stick Blender SMX 800 Turbo - DS552 is a high-performance blending solution designed for professional kitchens and catering businesses. Known for its immense power and efficiency, this blender is perfect for chefs seeking to create smooth, consistent blends in a fraction of the time. With durable design features and advanced technology, it is built to handle the demands of commercial use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with robust stainless steel and titanium-coated blades, the SMX Turbo excels in cutting through even the thickest ingredients, making it a vital tool for anyone in the culinary industry. Its non-detachable shaft ensures a fully enclosed internal gear mechanism, enhancing durability and reliability to meet the needs of busy kitchens. Support brackets are available separately, allowing for secure attachment to large pots, making your blending tasks easier and more efficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft\u003c\/strong\u003e 680mm (26.7\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 300Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel Blade and Shaft \/ Rubber Grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Years on Motor \u0026amp; 1 Year Parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.2 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUltra-strong titanium-plated blade cuts through thick ingredients with ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVariable speed motor allows for precise blending based on your needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEasy-access wall storage bracket included for convenient storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLonger power cable provides flexibility to move the blender as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eContinuous on function enables operation without having to keep the button depressed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor delivers consistent results for commercial applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eNon-detachable shaft enhances durability and reduces wear and tear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eTitanium-coated blades offer superior longevity and cutting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEasy storage with wall bracket improves efficiency in busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVersatile blending capabilities cater to a wide range of ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSupport brackets available for secure use with large pots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eHigh power\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly blend large quantities in less time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eDurable design\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eStay productive without frequent equipment replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eVariable speed settings\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eAchieve the desired texture for various recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEasy maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eSimplify cleaning and storage for enhanced workflow.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dynamic Heavy Duty Stick Blender is highly versatile and excels in many professional settings. Ideal applications include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePreparing large batches of soups and sauces in restaurants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eWhipping up smoothies and beverages in catering events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMixing dips and purees for food service industries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBlending baby food in healthcare facilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the blender is securely mounted using the appropriate support brackets when blending in larger pots. Regularly inspect the blades and shaft for any signs of wear, and clean the unit after each use to maintain hygiene and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power of the Dynamic Heavy Duty Stick Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender has a powerful 1kW motor suited for high-demand tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the shaft detachable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the shaft is non-detachable to enhance durability and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials is the blender made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender features stainless steel for the blade and shaft, along with a rubber grip for comfortable handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're looking for an efficient, robust blending solution for your professional kitchen, the Dynamic Heavy Duty Stick Blender SMX 800 Turbo - DS552 is your answer. Order today and experience the difference high-quality blending can make.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811458793857,"sku":"DS552","price":1975.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/dcea4f5794b36ccb688e8b50a67c251d.png?v=1781710670"},{"product_id":"commercial-stick-blender-178mm-shaft-11-4l-capacity","title":"Commercial Stick Blender 178mm Shaft 11.4L Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Waring Light Duty Quik-Stick Stick Blender WSB35K is a versatile kitchen tool designed for chefs and home cooks alike. This efficient stick blender excels at pureeing, blending, and emulsifying, making your food preparation tasks quicker and easier. Its impressive design allows you to effortlessly mix a large volume of ingredients, providing immense time savings in any culinary environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a strong stainless steel blending blade, the Waring WSB35K ensures durability and reliability. Its lightweight, ergonomic design allows for comfortable operation, reducing strain during extended use. Easily cleanable and compact, it's a standout choice for anyone looking to simplify their cooking processes without compromising on quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 175W\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft Length\u003c\/strong\u003e 178mm (7\") Fixed Shaft\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 432(H) x 69.85(W) x 76.2(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.04kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eTwo-speed motor for improved blending precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eGenerous length 1.85m power cord for flexibility during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean design for hassle-free maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSuitable for light-duty commercial use or home cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLightweight and ergonomic design for comfortable operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUltra-strong stainless steel blade effortlessly blends food in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eThe unit operates at low speed 7500rpm or high speed 18000rpm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEfficient Operation - Blends large quantities quickly, ideal for batch cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDurable Construction - Stainless steel blade enhances longevity and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eComfortable Use - Lightweight design reduces fatigue during prolonged blending sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVersatile Applications - Suitable for a variety of food prep tasks from soups to sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEasy Storage - Compact design fits easily in kitchen drawers or cupboards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eQuick Clean-Up - Smooth surfaces allow for simple rinsing or machine cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eTime-Saving Performance\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003ePrepare meals faster, giving you more time to enjoy them.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eErgonomic Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eUse comfortably for longer periods without strain.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003ePowerful Blending Ability\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly achieve smooth textures for all your recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eFlexible Cord Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eMove freely without being tethered to an outlet, optimizing your workspace.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Waring Light Duty Quik-Stick Stick Blender WSB35K is perfect for a multitude of culinary settings. Its robust features make it ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRestaurants needing efficient food preparation tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCafés that frequently make soups, sauces, and smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCooking schools aiming to teach blending techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens looking for professional-grade equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCaterers who prepare meals in large batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure that the blender is plugged into a compatible outlet. The lightweight design contributes to easy handling, which facilitates quick blending tasks. Regularly clean the shaft and blade with warm soapy water to maintain hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Waring WSB35K for hot liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the stick blender is suitable for hot liquids, making it perfect for soups and sauces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the shaft detachable for cleaning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shaft is fixed, but cleaning is simple due to the smooth design of the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of food can I blend with this stick blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can blend a variety of foods including fruits, vegetables, soups, sauces, and emulsifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the convenience of effortless blending with the Waring Light Duty Quik-Stick Stick Blender WSB35K. Order today and transform your food preparation tasks!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811783033217,"sku":"FS459","price":146.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/b73625a7aaf3c2ceed40a5801d1b15d2.png?v=1781714843"},{"product_id":"commercial-stick-blender-220w-detachable-shaft-160mm","title":"Commercial Stick Blender 220W Detachable Shaft 160mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Dynamic Dynamix Stick Blender Combi MX052 - CF257 is a versatile kitchen tool designed for cooks at all levels who seek efficiency and high-quality results in their blending tasks. This powerful stick blender allows you to effortlessly create smooth creams, compotes, and emulsions, making it ideal for both everyday use and special culinary creations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from durable materials, including a stainless steel blade and shaft with a comfortable rubber grip, this reliable device tackles a wide range of food preparation tasks. The unique detachable shaft not only simplifies cleaning but also enhances the blender's versatility, allowing for multiple blending options that cater to various textures. Experience how this dynamic tool can elevate your cooking, whether in a professional kitchen or at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 220W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-4 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 455(H) x 127(W) x 111(D) mm (Packed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel Blade and Shaft \/ Rubber Grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8 kg (Packed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design enhances ease of use during lengthy blending tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariable speed control up to 13,000 rpm ensures precision blending for various ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-lasting titanium coated blades provide durability and maintain sharpness over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetachable shaft allows for easy cleaning and flexibility in food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour-blade head for achieving smooth blends when creating creams and purees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwin-blade head for chunkier textures, perfect for soups and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRound beater disc specialized for whipping cream and beating egg whites, ensuring perfect meringues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSkimmer disc ideal for creating herb emulsions and fresh cheeses, elevating your culinary creations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariable speed control empowers you to blend with precision depending on the desired consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRobust construction means this blender is built to withstand daily use in a busy kitchen environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile blending options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhether making sauces, soups, or creams, you have the right tool for every task.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable stainless steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong-lasting performance that stands up to everyday kitchen demands.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetachable shaft allows for quick and easy maintenance, saving you time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGood power-to-weight ratio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLightweight yet powerful, making it comfortable to use without sacrificing performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dynamic Dynamix Stick Blender Combi MX052 - CF257 excels in various culinary environments, from bustling restaurants to cozy home kitchens. Here are some of the ideal settings and uses for this versatile blender:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaking smooth and creamy soups for restaurants and cafes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhipping up fresh meringues for pastries and desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating sauces and emulsion dressings in catering services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparing baby food or smoothies for families at home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixing batters for cakes and pastries in bakeries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender can be easily stored in any kitchen cabinet due to its compact size. For maintenance, simply detach the shaft and clean with warm, soapy water, ensuring it remains in optimal condition for your next blending task.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of foods can I blend with the Dynamic Dynamix Stick Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender is suitable for blending creams, purees, soups, sauces, and other liquid mixtures efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the shaft easy to detach for cleaning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the detachable shaft allows for straightforward cleaning and maintenance after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dynamic Dynamix Stick Blender comes with a 1-year warranty for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your blending experience with the Dynamic Dynamix Stick Blender Combi MX052 - CF257. Order today to enjoy the convenience and reliability it brings to your kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811783065985,"sku":"CF257","price":407.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/c8c7a5fc79581bc9c497b5d3acc32e10.png?v=1781714843"},{"product_id":"commercial-stick-blender-350mm-shaft-440w-ergonomic-design","title":"Commercial Stick Blender 350mm Shaft 440W Ergonomic Design","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Robot Coupe Stick Blender MP350 Ultra - GL507 is a powerful kitchen tool designed specifically for chefs and food service professionals who demand efficiency and quality. It combines a user-friendly design with exceptional performance, making it ideal for preparing soups, sauces, and purees in various culinary environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with an ergonomic handle, the MP350 Ultra ensures comfortable operation, minimizing user fatigue even during extended use. Its thoughtful design features a handy base lug that allows for easy positioning on pan rims, effectively reducing the weight on the user’s hand. This blender is not just about ease of use; its construction also facilitates quick cleaning and maintenance, ensuring it remains a staple in busy kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 440W\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft\u003c\/strong\u003e 350mm (13.7\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 50Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 725(H)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.2kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSpeed of 9500 RPM for quick blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEasy-grip ergonomic handle reduces user fatigue during prolonged use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor enhances performance and extends operational lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePatented easy-plug system streamlines servicing processes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSupplied with wall support for convenient and accessible storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eFeatures removable stainless steel blade for easy cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eOver-moulded blades are specially sharpened to guarantee optimum cutting quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eErgonomic handle designed to reduce fatigue, increasing productivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHigh-speed blending capability to save time in meal preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction for durability and longevity in a commercial kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eGenerous mixing capacity of 50 liters, perfect for large batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEasy disassembly for effortless cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCompact design helps optimize storage space in busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eIncredible blending speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eReduces preparation time, allowing chefs to focus on other tasks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eLess downtime for maintenance ensures maximum productivity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eErgonomic design\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEnhances comfort, making it suitable for prolonged use without fatigue.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eRobust motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eOffers reliability and effectiveness, leading to high-quality results.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Robot Coupe Stick Blender MP350 Ultra is versatile and excels in various kitchen settings. Its powerful blending capabilities make it perfect for both light and heavy tasks, making it a go-to tool for culinary professionals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens for soups and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCatering events requiring large quantities of food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRestaurants that focus on freshly prepared items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eFood service operations needing reliable efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the blender is properly assembled before use. After each session, disassemble the unit for thorough cleaning, particularly the stainless steel blade and bell. Always store the blender in a dry place, utilizing the wall support for convenient access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum blending capacity of the MP350?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MP350 is designed to blend up to 50 liters of ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty provided with the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the blender comes with a 1-year warranty covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of training is provided for using this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree Robot Coupe training is available after receiving your product; simply contact Robot Coupe for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficiency and power of the Robot Coupe Stick Blender MP350 Ultra - GL507, a crucial asset for any busy kitchen. Order today and elevate your blending capabilities!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811783229825,"sku":"GL507","price":1046.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/df8dd4343aafa7b91e516c6f894f2836.png?v=1781714843"},{"product_id":"commercial-stick-blender-450mm-for-food-preparation","title":"Commercial Stick Blender 450mm for Food Preparation","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Robot Coupe Stick Blender MP450 Ultra - GL509 is an essential tool designed for professional chefs and culinary enthusiasts alike. This high-performance blender streamlines the blending process, allowing for rapid and efficient preparation, making it the perfect addition to any busy commercial kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality stainless steel, the Robot Coupe Stick Blender MP450 Ultra promises durability and longevity. Its ergonomic design reduces user fatigue, making lengthy blending tasks more comfortable. The unique features such as the removable foot and blade system simplify cleaning, while the easy cord winding feature ensures convenient storage, solving common kitchen organization issues. This stick blender stands out for its unmatched versatility and user-friendly elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 500W\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft\u003c\/strong\u003e 450mm (17.7\") Single Speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 125(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.3kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEasy-grip ergonomic handle reduces user fatigue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor improves performance and operational lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSingle speed operates at 9500 RPM for efficient blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePatented easy-plug system reduces servicing times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSupplied with wall support for easy, accessible storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSuitable for mixing up to 100Ltr at a time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHousing lug serves as a pivot point for user comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRemovable stainless steel blade and bell for easy cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePowerful blending capability for high-volume tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eErgonomic design minimizes fatigue, facilitating prolonged use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean for improved hygiene standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVersatile use across a range of kitchen tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRobust construction ensures long-lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eConvenient wall support for organized storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eDurable stainless steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eGuaranteed longevity even in high-demand environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eErgonomic handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eComfortable operation reduces strain during long prep sessions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eSingle-speed function\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eSimplifies the blending process, providing consistent results.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEasy-clean design\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eMakes maintenance simple, promoting thorough sanitation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eWall support included\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eKeeps your kitchen organized and the blender easily accessible.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Robot Coupe Stick Blender MP450 Ultra excels in numerous culinary settings, offering seamless blending across a wide array of applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens, ideal for soups and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRestaurants that require high-volume mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCatering services for quick food prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eFood stalls and pop-up kitchens needing portability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePastry shops for blending batters and creams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis stick blender is easy to incorporate into any kitchen setup. Regular maintenance involves simple cleaning of detachable parts, ensuring the device remains in excellent working condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum mixing capacity of the Robot Coupe Stick Blender MP450 Ultra?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender is suitable for mixing up to 100Ltr at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the power cord winding system work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe built-in cord winding system simplifies storage, ensuring safety and organization within your kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs training available for using this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, free Robot Coupe training is available; simply contact Robot Coupe after receiving your product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your kitchen efficiency with the Robot Coupe Stick Blender MP450 Ultra - GL509. Order today to experience exceptional blending performance that meets the demands of any culinary task!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811783295361,"sku":"GL509","price":1175.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/f54f94af4034198d7a2a53a47cc561a2.png?v=1781714844"},{"product_id":"commercial-stick-blender-with-variable-speed-control-500w","title":"Commercial Stick Blender with Variable Speed Control 500W","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Robot Coupe MicroMix Stick Blender - CP510 is an indispensable tool for any culinary enthusiast or professional chef. This high-performance stick blender offers versatility and efficiency in food preparation, allowing you to create everything from smooth soups to airy emulsions with ease. With a focus on precision and user-friendly design, this blender transforms your kitchen experience into one of creativity and excellence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from durable stainless steel, the Robot Coupe MicroMix Stick Blender is designed to withstand the rigors of daily use. Its intelligent variable speed control enables you to achieve perfect results tailored to your specific needs. The innovative Aeromix tool produces light, fluffy emulsions in a fraction of the time compared to traditional methods, setting this blender apart from others on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 220W\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetachable shaft\u003c\/strong\u003e 165mm (6.4\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 61(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePatented Aeromix tool produces light and airy emulsions that hold their shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eExtendable coiled power cord for easier handling and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eTube and tools can be easily detached for quick cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSupplied with wall storage rack for effortless organization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUltra-quiet design - perfect for open kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAdvanced bell design enhances blending performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e100% easy-clean stainless steel components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAccurate and ergonomic variable speed control from 1500 to 14,000rpm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control ensures perfect texture and consistency for every dish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eThe lightweight design prevents user fatigue during extended kitchen tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDetachable components enable fast cleaning, saving you time after meal prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eThe wall storage rack keeps your tools organized and easily accessible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eQuiet operation allows you to blend without disturbing other kitchen activities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eThe stainless steel construction guarantees longevity and hygiene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eHigh power output\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEfficient blending for both small and large quantities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003ePatented Aeromix tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eDelivers professional-level emulsions effortlessly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eA quick post-cooking clean-up process means more time for you.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eUltra-quiet design\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eBlend anytime without creating noise disturbances.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Robot Coupe MicroMix Stick Blender excels across various culinary applications, making it a favorite among chefs and home cooks alike. Its versatility allows for an extensive range of uses, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBlending soups and sauces to creamy perfection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCreating emulsions for dressings and mayonnaise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eWhipping cream or egg whites effortlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMixing batters and doughs quickly and efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePureeing fruits and vegetables for smoothies and desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor best results, ensure the detachable shaft is securely connected before use. Regularly clean all detachable components in warm, soapy water or in a dishwasher for hassle-free maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for the Robot Coupe MicroMix Stick Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product comes with a 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour warranty for your peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the tools be detached for cleaning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the tube and tools can be easily detached for seamless cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power output of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Robot Coupe MicroMix Stick Blender has a power output of 220W, allowing for efficient blending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your culinary skills and simplify your food preparation with the Robot Coupe MicroMix Stick Blender - CP510. Order today to bring professional-grade blending into your kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811784049025,"sku":"CP510","price":479.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/aa64059736ab280b1006961ab3348aa5.png?v=1781714857"},{"product_id":"commercial-variable-speed-stick-blender-190mm-shaft-250w","title":"Commercial Variable Speed Stick Blender 190mm Shaft 250W","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Nisbets Essentials Variable Speed Stick Blender 190mm Shaft - CU005 is designed for chefs and home cooks alike who require a versatile blending solution that delivers efficiency and power. This stick blender transforms the way you prepare soups, sauces, and smoothies, making your cooking experience smoother and more enjoyable.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality stainless steel and plastic, this blender is built to withstand the rigors of daily use in busy kitchens. Its impressive cooling vents prevent motor overheating, ensuring consistent performance. With a lightweight design and variable speed controls, this product stands out by offering both portability and functionality, making it the perfect tool for whipping up large batches of ingredients with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 250W. Shaft: 190mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 450.38(H) x 88.42(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.3kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariable speed control allows blending between 4000 to 18000 RPM for customized texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design enables easy handling and maneuverability for extended use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetachable shaft and removable blade make cleaning quick and hassle-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe speed switch features an LCD display, providing clear visibility of selected settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient blending of large quantities—ideal for creating soups or smoothies for multiple servings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic handle design ensures comfort during prolonged use, reducing hand fatigue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-speed operation helps save time in the kitchen, allowing for quick meal preparations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable materials ensure longevity and resistance to wear, making it a reliable kitchen companion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy cleaning process encourages frequent use, enabling you to experiment with a variety of recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe compact size permits convenient storage in a kitchen drawer or cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh power motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowers through tough ingredients quickly, minimizing prep time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetachable components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean and maintain, saving you time post-cooking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable speed control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGives you precise control over texture and consistency for different recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgonomic handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures comfort during long blending sessions, so you can mix without discomfort.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis stick blender excels in various culinary environments, making it an essential tool for both professional kitchens and casual home cooking. Here are some ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparing creamy soups for restaurants or gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlending smoothies and shakes for health-focused cafes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaking sauces and purees for a range of dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmulsifying ingredients for dressings and marinades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixing batters for baked goods quickly and efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSetting up the Nisbets Essentials Variable Speed Stick Blender is straightforward—simply attach the shaft securely to the motor unit. To maintain its performance, regularly detach and clean the shaft and blade in the dishwasher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum capacity this stick blender can handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stick blender can handle large batches of up to 10 litres, making it ideal for preparing meals in bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the shaft dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the detachable shaft is dishwasher safe, ensuring easy cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product includes a one-year warranty covering parts and labour, giving you peace of mind with your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the convenience and efficiency that the Nisbets Essentials Variable Speed Stick Blender 190mm Shaft - CU005 brings to your kitchen today. Order now to elevate your culinary skills!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811919905153,"sku":"CU005","price":146.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/af78fc05769b164300cd6f7fd6e47600.png?v=1781715747"},{"product_id":"commercial-variable-speed-stick-blender-300mm-shaft-60ltr","title":"Commercial Variable Speed Stick Blender 300mm Shaft 60Ltr","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Variable Speed Stick Blender 300mm Shaft - FS440 is a versatile kitchen tool designed for chefs and home cooks alike. This efficient stick blender makes blending, pureeing, and emulsifying food simple and quick, helping to enhance your culinary creations. With its robust construction and impressive performance, the Buffalo blender is perfect for both professional and domestic kitchens, providing you with the flexibility to blend larger batches with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with high-quality materials, the Buffalo Variable Speed Stick Blender features a powerful 500W motor that can tackle tough ingredients to produce smooth and consistent results. Its durable stainless steel shaft is designed for smooth performance and easy cleaning, addressing the needs of busy kitchens where time is of the essence. Whether you're preparing sauces or soups, this stick blender’s ergonomic design ensures ease of use and comfort during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 500W\u003c\/li\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft\u003c\/strong\u003e 300mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 60Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.55kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003eDetachable, interchangeable 300mm stainless steel shaft for easy cleaning and maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003ePrecise variable speed control from 8000 to 18000rpm for accurate blending results\u003c\/li\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003eCooling vents to prevent overheating during prolonged use\u003c\/li\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003eSupplied with blade, emulsifying blade, and quick removal kit as standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003eErgonomic handle ensures comfortable use, even during extended blending sessions\u003c\/li\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003eLarge blending capacity allows for preparation of large batches efficiently\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control for tailored blending results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction promotes durability and long-lasting use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003eLarger capacity saves time by allowing for multiple servings to be blended at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003eIncludes essential blades for versatile food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003eDesigned with user comfort in mind, reducing strain during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003eCooling vents help maintain optimal performance during heavy use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n   \u003cthead\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n         \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n         \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n   \u003c\/thead\u003e\n   \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n         \u003ctd\u003ePowerful motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n         \u003ctd\u003eEfficient blending of tough ingredients without bogging down.\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n         \u003ctd\u003eLarge blending capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n         \u003ctd\u003ePrep larger batches in a single go, saving time on repetitive tasks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n         \u003ctd\u003eInterchangeable shaft\u003c\/td\u003e\n         \u003ctd\u003eVersatile and easy maintenance, ensuring your tool is always ready to use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n         \u003ctd\u003eVariable speed settings\u003c\/td\u003e\n         \u003ctd\u003ePerfect control to achieve the desired texture for various recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n   \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Variable Speed Stick Blender is ideal for a variety of applications across different settings. Here are some areas where it excels:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens for soups and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003eBakeries for emulsifying ingredients in batters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003eCatering services where large quantities need blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003eFood trucks preparing sauces on-the-go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n   \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for consistent texture in dressings and purees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe detachable shaft makes it easy to clean and store. Ensure to follow the maintenance guidelines for longevity and optimal performance. Compatible with new screw-fit shafts designed for models purchased from 04\/07\/2022.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for the Buffalo Variable Speed Stick Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product is backed by a 2-year warranty covering parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this blender for hot liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the blender is suitable for hot liquids, making it perfect for soups and sauces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the appropriate voltage for this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Variable Speed Stick Blender operates on 220-240V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCombine power, precision, and versatility with the Buffalo Variable Speed Stick Blender 300mm Shaft - FS440. Enhance your cooking experience and streamline food preparation processes. Order today and elevate your culinary creations!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811920003457,"sku":"FS440","price":479.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/6e678004556904fc4335caac9b1c36a0.png?v=1781715748"},{"product_id":"commercial-variable-speed-stick-blender-400mm-shaft-100ltr","title":"Commercial Variable Speed Stick Blender 400mm Shaft 100Ltr","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Variable Speed Stick Blender 400mm Shaft - FS441 is an essential kitchen tool for both professional chefs and home cooks. Designed for blending, mixing, and pureeing, this food blender delivers consistent performance and exceptional results. The top-notch capabilities mean you can streamline food preparation, saving you valuable time and effort in your cooking processes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials, the Buffalo stick blender features a robust 500W motor and a detachable stainless steel shaft, ensuring durability and ease of use. This product efficiently tackles large batches of ingredients with a generous 100-liter capacity, making it particularly ideal for busy kitchens in restaurants, catering services, or large family gatherings. Its unique design includes cooling vents to prevent overheating, setting it apart from standard models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 500W\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft\u003c\/strong\u003e 400mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 100Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.9kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePrecise variable speed control from 8,000 to 18,000 rpm ensures accurate blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDetachable, interchangeable stainless steel shaft for easy cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSupplied with blade, emulsifying blade, and quick removal kit as standard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eErgonomically designed handle for comfortable operation during extended use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBuilt-in cooling vents help protect the motor from overheating during prolonged use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control enhances versatility for different blending tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor provides consistent results across various ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel materials ensure longevity and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eErgonomic design minimizes hand fatigue for comfortable use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRemovable shaft simplifies maintenance and increases usability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLarge blending capacity allows for processing multiple servings simultaneously.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003ePrecise speed control\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eAchieve perfect textures and consistencies for diverse recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eDetachable shaft\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEasy to store and maintain, promoting daily use without hassle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eHigh capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eGreat for catering events or families, reducing preparation time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eStrong motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eFast and efficient blending even for tougher ingredients.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eTwo-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003ePeace of mind with reliable parts and labor coverage.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Variable Speed Stick Blender excels in various culinary applications, making it a vital addition to any kitchen setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePerfect for restaurants creating large batch soups and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eIdeal for catering services needing efficient blending for events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eGreat for smoothie bars focusing on blended drinks and health-focussed meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSuitable for bakeries mixing large quantities of batters and creams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUseful in food processing facilities for purées and emulsifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure compatibility with the new screw-fit shafts (AN826, AN827, AN828) for models purchased from 04\/07\/2022. Regular cleaning of the detachable shaft after use helps maintain functionality and hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum blending capacity of the Buffalo Variable Speed Stick Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender has a large capacity of 100 liters, perfect for substantial blending tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the variable speed control work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt allows you to adjust the speed from 8,000 to 18,000 rpm, enabling precise blending for different ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it comes with a 2-year warranty for parts and labor, ensuring reliability and peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your culinary skills with the Buffalo Variable Speed Stick Blender 400mm Shaft - FS441, designed for efficiency and performance in busy kitchens. Shop now to experience hassle-free blending!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811920036225,"sku":"FS441","price":556.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/c1eeda4b2aa70059a9e8b4e3ee9a7ebb.png?v=1781715748"},{"product_id":"commercial-variable-speed-stick-blender-500mm-shaft-120ltr","title":"Commercial Variable Speed Stick Blender 500mm Shaft 120Ltr","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Variable Speed Stick Blender 500mm Shaft - FS442 is an essential tool for chefs and catering professionals who require powerful and efficient blending capabilities. Designed to meet a variety of culinary needs, this stick blender offers precision blending for larger volumes, making it an ideal choice for busy kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials, the Buffalo Variable Speed Stick Blender features a robust 500W motor and a detachable stainless steel shaft that allows for easy cleaning and maintenance. This blender efficiently tackles thick mixtures and large quantities, enabling you to create everything from smooth soups to emulsified sauces without fuss. Its variable speed control ensures that you achieve perfect texture and consistency every time, setting it apart from traditional blenders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 500W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft\u003c\/strong\u003e 500mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 120Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.2kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetachable, interchangeable 500mm stainless steel shaft for easy cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecise variable speed control with a range of 8,000-18,000rpm for accurate blending results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling vents help to prevent overheating during extended use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic handle ensures comfortable use, even during longer blending sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes blade, emulsifying blade, and quick removal kit as standard for versatile blending options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge 120Ltr blending capacity allows you to prepare more at once, saving both time and effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariable speed control for tailored blending that suits different ingredients and textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetachable shaft for convenient cleaning, ensuring hygiene and maintenance are hassle-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful motor enables the blending of larger volumes quickly and effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic design enhances comfort and reduces fatigue during prolonged use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty construction withstands the demands of commercial kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling vents extend the lifespan of the motor by preventing overheating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowerful 500W motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle larger batches quickly and save time in meal prep.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable speed control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAchieve precise blending tailored to your recipes and ingredients.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity of 120Ltr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal for catering events or large family gatherings, reducing the number of batches needed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable stainless steel shaft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures longevity and easy maintenance, leading to cost savings over time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Variable Speed Stick Blender excels in a variety of settings, making it a versatile addition to any kitchen. Here are some ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants for preparing soups, sauces, and purées.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering services where large quantities need to be blended efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBakeries for creating smooth batters and emulsifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood trucks needing high-performance blending on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels for buffet meal preparations and large-scale cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain optimal performance, ensure the blender's detachable stainless steel shaft is cleaned after each use. The new screw-fit compatibility allows seamless integration with models purchased from 04\/07\/2022. For older models, please check compatibility with earlier shafts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the blending capacity of the Buffalo Variable Speed Stick Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender has a large capacity of 120 litres, allowing for efficient blending of large quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow powerful is the motor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor operates at a robust 500W, designed to handle heavy-duty tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Buffalo Variable Speed Stick Blender comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the difference in your culinary creations with the Buffalo Variable Speed Stick Blender 500mm Shaft - FS442. This reliable tool streamlines your blending processes, allowing you to focus on what you do best—cooking. Order today and elevate your kitchen efficiency!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811920068993,"sku":"FS442","price":604.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/5bab116f0ec6e927fda6e607d4ecf225.png?v=1781715748"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-12-commercial-food-blender-for-large-batch-prep","title":"Heavy Duty 12\" Commercial Food Blender for Large Batch Prep","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Waring Heavy Duty Big Stix Blender WSB50CK is an essential tool tailored for busy kitchens, particularly in restaurants, hotels, and care homes. Its robust design and powerful performance ensure that large batch preparations are completed efficiently, making it a trusted partner for culinary professionals aiming to elevate their food processing capabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with high-quality materials, the Waring blender features a stainless steel blade and shaft, ensuring durability and easy cleaning. The innovative design focuses on the user experience, addressing common frustrations in food preparation. Its removable shaft allows for quick attachment changes, offering versatility with optional accessories, such as whisks that can be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 650W\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 38Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Shaft Length 300mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel Blade and Shaft\/ Rubber Grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.86kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed\u003c\/strong\u003e Variable speed switch (5000 to 18000rpm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEasy removable shaft allows for quick attachment changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDual frequency motor operates seamlessly across different voltages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eDesigned with side vents to maintain a cool motor during extensive use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eA sturdy hand grip promotes comfort and minimizes strain during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control enhances blending accuracy and consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHigh-power motor for effective blending of tough ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity suitable for preparing meals for large groups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRemovable and interchangeable shaft provides cleaning convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eStainless steel materials ensure longevity and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVariable speeds allow customization, perfect for diverse recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly design supports various kitchen tasks without hassle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003ePowerful 650W motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly blend large batches without losing speed or efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eSave time after cooking, allowing you to focus on serving customers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eDurable stainless steel materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eDependable performance and longevity, reducing the need for frequent replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eVariable speed control\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003ePerfectly adjust blending for various food types, enhancing texture and quality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Waring Heavy Duty Big Stix Blender excels in various culinary settings and is particularly effective in high-demand environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for blending soups, sauces, and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHotels for preparing large quantities of smoothies and beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCare homes where mass meal preparations are essential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCatering services needing reliable equipment for off-site events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eFood trucks for quick and efficient food service on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure your Waring blender is plugged into a compatible electrical outlet, and follow the included instructions for proper attachment of the shaft and accessories. Regular cleaning after each use will maintain optimal performance and hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power output of the Waring Heavy Duty Big Stix Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender features a powerful output of 650W, ideal for large-scale food preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the shaft be removed for cleaning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the shaft is easy to remove, making cleaning and swapping attachments quick and straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of warranty does the blender come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Waring blender is covered by a 1-year warranty for parts and labour, providing peace of mind for users.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficiency and performance of the Waring Heavy Duty Big Stix Blender WSB50CK. Its robust design and versatile functionality make it an unbeatable choice for any professional kitchen. Order today to enhance your culinary creations!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55812030529921,"sku":"CR525","price":796.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/7d2a5841f2eebb2670056d85814b280a.png?v=1781717026"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-18-commercial-food-blender-with-variable-speed","title":"Heavy Duty 18\" Commercial Food Blender with Variable Speed","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Waring Heavy Duty Big Stix Blender WSB65CK is a top-tier blending solution designed for chefs and culinary professionals who demand efficiency and power in high-volume kitchens. This robust blender simplifies the preparation of large batches of soups, sauces, and purees, making it an indispensable tool for restaurants, catering services, and food production facilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality materials, the Waring blender features a durable stainless steel shaft and blade that ensure longevity and excellent performance. Its variable speed adjustment allows users to achieve precision blending for various food textures, giving you control like no other. The detachable shaft enhances versatility, letting you switch to smaller shafts for different blending tasks seamlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 650W\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 132.5Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Shaft Length: 460mm (18.1\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel Blade and Shaft, Rubber Grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.15kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVariable speed switch (5000 to 18000rpm) for maximum blending precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEasy removable shaft - swap shafts in seconds; no tools required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSturdy hand safety grip reduces user fatigue during prolonged use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSide vents keep the motor cool during operation for uninterrupted blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCan also be fitted with a whisk head for added versatility (sold separately).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003ePowerful 650W motor capable of blending large quantities quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eAdjustable speed ensures the perfect texture for every recipe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRobust stainless steel construction for durability and ease of cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLightweight design at 4.15kg offers easy handling and maneuverability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVersatile attachment options expand usage for various cooking techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e1-year warranty provides peace of mind with your purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eVersatile blending capabilities\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly prepares everything from smoothies to thick soups.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eHigh-speed operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eSaves you time in a busy kitchen, allowing for faster meal prep.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eDesigned for frequent use, reducing the need for replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eStreamlines kitchen maintenance, saving you valuable time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Waring Heavy Duty Big Stix Blender excels in various culinary environments, offering unmatched performance wherever it is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for preparing large quantities of sauces and soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCatering services to efficiently blend ingredients for events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eFood processing facilities for large-scale production needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eBuffets and cafeterias for quick meal preparations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eFood trucks and mobile kitchens looking to maximize blending efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender is easy to set up; simply plug it into a compatible outlet and you are ready to blend. To maintain optimal performance, ensure regular cleaning of the detachable parts and check for any wear on the rubber grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum blending capacity of the Waring Big Stix Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum blending capacity is 132.5 liters, making it ideal for large batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this blender with smaller shaft attachments?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the detachable shaft allows for the use of smaller shafts for various blending tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of maintenance does the blender require?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegular cleaning and care of the removable parts ensure longevity and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the Waring Heavy Duty Big Stix Blender WSB65CK for powerful and efficient blending that meets the demands of professional kitchens. Order today to elevate your culinary capabilities!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55812031185281,"sku":"CR528","price":943.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/7857cc488fbf396475bff9599dbb349d.png?v=1781717029"},{"product_id":"variable-speed-commercial-stick-blender-200mm-shaft-350w","title":"Variable Speed Commercial Stick Blender 200mm Shaft 350W","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Variable Speed Stick Blender 200mm Shaft HOST0610ST - HT219 is an essential kitchen tool designed for chefs, caterers, and home cooks alike. This versatile food blender enables effortless blending, pureeing, and emulsifying, making it perfect for professionals aiming to achieve culinary excellence. With its high-speed capabilities, it streamlines food preparation and enhances your cooking experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis stick blender is built with a powerful 350W motor and a durable 200mm detachable blending shaft, designed for both efficiency and comfort. The ergonomic construction minimizes strain on the wrist, while the variable speed control allows for precise blending, catering to various recipe requirements. Whether you’re making soups, sauces, or smoothies, this stick blender is up to the task, providing remarkable performance in a lightweight package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 583(H) x 79(Ø)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.83kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control between 4,000-20,000 RPM ensures exceptional blending accuracy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLightweight design for maximum comfort during prolonged use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCooling vents help prevent overheating during extended operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eThe powerful motor can blitz through large batches of food quickly, saving you time in the kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control allows customization to achieve the perfect texture for your recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eThe detachable shaft simplifies cleaning, ensuring hygiene and efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eThe ergonomic handle reduces fatigue, making it easier to blend for longer periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCooling vents prevent overheating, extending the lifespan of the appliance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLightweight construction means easy maneuverability, helping you to work in tight spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003ePowerful 350W motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eEfficient food preparation for professional and home cooking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eVariable speed from 4,000-20,000 RPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003ePrecision control to achieve ideal blending results every time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eLightweight and ergonomic\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eComfortable to use, reducing strain during long cooking sessions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eDetachable blending shaft\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eConvenient and quick cleaning process, enhancing kitchen hygiene.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eCooling vents\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eProlongs the life and performance of the blender during use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Variable Speed Stick Blender excels in diverse culinary settings. Its adaptable design makes it an ideal choice for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and catering services needing consistent, fast blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens looking for a versatile appliance to handle various tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eFood preparation stations, combining ease of use and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCafés and smoothie bars wanting to create a range of drinks and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis stick blender is designed for straightforward use and maintenance. Simply attach the blending shaft, plug it into a suitable outlet, and it’s ready to operate. After use, detach the shaft for easy washing, ensuring your utensil is always ready for the next task.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power of the motor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Variable Speed Stick Blender is equipped with a powerful 350W motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the shaft detachable for cleaning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 200mm blending shaft is detachable, allowing for easy cleaning after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the product available for delivery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDelivery is available only within Mainland England, Scotland, and Wales, and not to Northern Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience hassle-free blending with the HOST Variable Speed Stick Blender 200mm Shaft HOST0610ST - HT219. Order today and elevate your culinary creations with ease and precision.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55812201873793,"sku":"HT219","price":362.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/238aff7694271131b0e0165be7ae8c3a.png?v=1781717938"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.questorm.co.uk\/collections\/food-blenders.oembed?page=2","provider":"Questrom Ltd","version":"1.0","type":"link"}